[go: up one dir, main page]

TW202511372A - Process for recycling of a colored polymeric material including discoloration and chemical processing - Google Patents

Process for recycling of a colored polymeric material including discoloration and chemical processing Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202511372A
TW202511372A TW113122416A TW113122416A TW202511372A TW 202511372 A TW202511372 A TW 202511372A TW 113122416 A TW113122416 A TW 113122416A TW 113122416 A TW113122416 A TW 113122416A TW 202511372 A TW202511372 A TW 202511372A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
polymer
solvent system
weight
polymeric material
colorant
Prior art date
Application number
TW113122416A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
辛那 威澤爾
漢娜 史蒂芬妮 曼古德
安德爾 提爾
安德烈亞斯 昆斯特
亞力山德 綽特
艾奇姆 史泰默
Original Assignee
德商巴地斯顏料化工廠
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 德商巴地斯顏料化工廠 filed Critical 德商巴地斯顏料化工廠
Publication of TW202511372A publication Critical patent/TW202511372A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J11/00Recovery or working-up of waste materials
    • C08J11/04Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers
    • C08J11/06Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers without chemical reactions
    • C08J11/08Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers without chemical reactions using selective solvents for polymer components
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J11/00Recovery or working-up of waste materials
    • C08J11/04Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers
    • C08J11/10Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers by chemically breaking down the molecular chains of polymers or breaking of crosslinks, e.g. devulcanisation
    • C08J11/14Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers by chemically breaking down the molecular chains of polymers or breaking of crosslinks, e.g. devulcanisation by treatment with steam or water
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J11/00Recovery or working-up of waste materials
    • C08J11/04Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers
    • C08J11/10Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers by chemically breaking down the molecular chains of polymers or breaking of crosslinks, e.g. devulcanisation
    • C08J11/18Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers by chemically breaking down the molecular chains of polymers or breaking of crosslinks, e.g. devulcanisation by treatment with organic material
    • C08J11/22Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers by chemically breaking down the molecular chains of polymers or breaking of crosslinks, e.g. devulcanisation by treatment with organic material by treatment with organic oxygen-containing compounds
    • C08J11/24Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers by chemically breaking down the molecular chains of polymers or breaking of crosslinks, e.g. devulcanisation by treatment with organic material by treatment with organic oxygen-containing compounds containing hydroxyl groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J11/00Recovery or working-up of waste materials
    • C08J11/04Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers
    • C08J11/10Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers by chemically breaking down the molecular chains of polymers or breaking of crosslinks, e.g. devulcanisation
    • C08J11/18Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers by chemically breaking down the molecular chains of polymers or breaking of crosslinks, e.g. devulcanisation by treatment with organic material
    • C08J11/28Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers by chemically breaking down the molecular chains of polymers or breaking of crosslinks, e.g. devulcanisation by treatment with organic material by treatment with organic compounds containing nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorus
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2367/00Characterised by the use of polyesters obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic ester link in the main chain; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2367/02Polyesters derived from dicarboxylic acids and dihydroxy compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2401/00Characterised by the use of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2423/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2423/02Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
    • C08J2423/04Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
    • C08J2423/06Polyethene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2423/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2423/02Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
    • C08J2423/10Homopolymers or copolymers of propene
    • C08J2423/12Polypropene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2475/00Characterised by the use of polyureas or polyurethanes; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2475/04Polyurethanes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2477/00Characterised by the use of polyamides obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic amide link in the main chain; Derivatives of such polymers
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02WCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO WASTEWATER TREATMENT OR WASTE MANAGEMENT
    • Y02W30/00Technologies for solid waste management
    • Y02W30/50Reuse, recycling or recovery technologies
    • Y02W30/62Plastics recycling; Rubber recycling

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Sustainable Development (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Separation, Recovery Or Treatment Of Waste Materials Containing Plastics (AREA)

Abstract

A first aspect of the invention relates to a process for recycling of a colored polymeric material, wherein the colored polymeric material comprises (i) a polyalkylene terephthalate based polymer, (ii) a colorant and optionally (iii) a second polymer different from the polyalkylene terephthalate based polymer of (i) and optionally (iv) a third polymer different from the polyalkylene terephthalate based polymer of (i) and different from the second polymer of (iii), the process comprising (a) providing a colored polymeric material and a solvent system comprising gamma valerolactone (GVL); (b) contacting the colored polymeric material provided in (a) with the solvent system comprising GVL provided in (a) under conditions allowing for colorant removal but not allowing for dissolution of the polyalkylene terephthalate based polymer, thereby obtaining a solvent system, which is enriched in colorant compared to the solvent system provided, and a polymeric material, which is depleted in colorant compared to the colored polymeric material provided in (a); (c) depolymerisation or transesterification of the polymeric material, which is depleted in colorant obtained in (b); thereby obtaining monomers and/or oligomers or transesterification products. In a second aspect, the invention relates to a monomer, oligomer or transesterification product of a polyalkylene terephthalate based polymer obtained or obtainable by the process of the first aspect. A third aspect relates to a process comprising converting, preferably polymerizing, the monomers, oligomers or transesterification products of a polyalkylene terephthalate based polymer obtained from the process of the first aspect to obtain one or more polymer or polymer product. A fourth aspect relates to a process comprising converting the separated second polymer (iii) and/or the separated third polymer (iv) obtainable by or obtained from the process of the first aspect to obtain one or more monomer, polymer or polymer product.

Description

包含脫色及化學處理之用於再循環有色聚合材料之方法Method for recycling colored polymeric materials comprising decolorization and chemical treatment

本發明之第一態樣係關於一種用於再循環有色聚合材料之方法,其中該有色聚合材料包含(i)基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物;(ii)著色劑;及視情況存在之(iii)第二聚合物,其與(i)之該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物不同;以及視情況存在之(iv)第三聚合物,其與(i)之該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物不同且與(iii)之該第二聚合物不同,該方法包含(a)提供有色聚合材料及包含γ戊內酯(GVL)之溶劑系統;(b)在允許著色劑移除但不允許該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物溶解的條件下,使(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料與(a)中提供之該包含GVL之溶劑系統接觸,藉此獲得與所提供之該溶劑系統相比富含著色劑之溶劑系統,以及與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少之聚合材料;(c)使(b)中所獲得之該著色劑減少之聚合材料解聚合或轉酯化;藉此獲得單體及/或寡聚物或轉酯化產物。在第二態樣中,本發明係關於一種基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物之單體、寡聚物或轉酯化產物,其藉由或可藉由該第一態樣之方法獲得。第三態樣係關於一種方法,其包含使自該第一態樣之方法獲得之基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物之單體、寡聚物或轉酯化產物轉化,較佳聚合,以獲得一或多種聚合物或聚合物產物。第四態樣係關於一種方法,其包含使可藉由該第一態樣之方法獲得或自該第一態樣之方法獲得的經分離之第二聚合物(iii)及/或經分離之第三聚合物(iv)轉化,以獲得一或多種單體、聚合物或聚合物產物。A first aspect of the present invention relates to a method for recycling a colored polymeric material, wherein the colored polymeric material comprises (i) a polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer; (ii) a colorant; and optionally (iii) a second polymer different from the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer of (i); and optionally (iv) a third polymer different from the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer of (i) and different from the second polymer of (iii), the method comprising (a) providing a colored polymeric material and a colorant comprising gamma valerolactone ( (b) contacting the colored polymeric material provided in (a) with the solvent system comprising GVL provided in (a) under conditions that allow the removal of the colorant but do not allow the dissolution of the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer, thereby obtaining a solvent system rich in colorant compared to the provided solvent system, and a polymeric material with reduced colorant compared to the colored polymeric material provided in (a); (c) depolymerizing or transesterifying the polymeric material with reduced colorant obtained in (b); thereby obtaining monomers and/or oligomers or transesterification products. In a second aspect, the present invention relates to a monomer, oligomer or transesterification product of a polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer, which is obtained or obtainable by the method of the first aspect. A third aspect relates to a method, which comprises converting, preferably polymerizing, a monomer, oligomer or transesterification product of a polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer obtained from the method of the first aspect to obtain one or more polymers or polymer products. A fourth aspect relates to a method, which comprises converting an isolated second polymer (iii) obtainable by or obtained from the method of the first aspect and/or an isolated third polymer (iv) to obtain one or more monomers, polymers or polymer products.

在過去的數十年中,對聚合材料之需求急劇增加。然而,較差的生物降解性導致產生大量塑膠廢料,該塑膠廢料在歐洲通常會被焚燒,藉此損失有價值的材料且產生大量的CO 2排放。由於生物降解性較差,掩埋場甚至更糟。基於聚酯之聚合材料已廣泛地用於包裝領域,例如用於飲料包裝或食品包裝。當今,絕大部分食品及飲料包裝在由例如包含聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)之聚酯材料製成的塑膠瓶及容器內。現如今,PET亦為衣物之主要組分。由於此等材料通常具有較差的生物降解性且亦仍為有價值的產品,因此需要回收且再循環此等塑膠。 Over the past decades, the demand for polymeric materials has increased dramatically. However, the poor biodegradability leads to the generation of large amounts of plastic waste, which in Europe is usually incinerated, with the loss of valuable material and the generation of large amounts of CO 2 emissions. Landfills are even worse due to the poor biodegradability. Polymeric materials based on polyester have been widely used in the packaging sector, for example for beverage packaging or food packaging. Today, the vast majority of food and beverages are packaged in plastic bottles and containers made of polyester materials, such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET). PET is also a major component of clothing today. Since these materials generally have poor biodegradability and are also still valuable products, there is a need to recover and recycle these plastics.

儘管已採用再循環方法將廢棄材料轉化為新的生產材料,但仍存在許多與聚合材料之再循環及回收相關之問題。廢棄包裝通常包括亦含有例如著色劑之不同聚合材料的混合物。此同樣亦適用於紡織品,其亦包含大量的有色聚合材料。因此,為了再循環聚合材料,通常基於聚合材料之顏色及/或其組成來分離聚合材料。然而,此分選過程為勞動密集的及/或需要使用分選機器。Despite the fact that recycling methods have been adopted to convert waste materials into new production materials, there are still many problems associated with the recycling and recovery of polymeric materials. Waste packaging often comprises a mixture of different polymeric materials which also contain, for example, colorants. The same applies to textiles, which also contain a large amount of colored polymeric materials. Therefore, in order to recycle polymeric materials, the polymeric materials are usually separated based on their color and/or their composition. However, this sorting process is labor-intensive and/or requires the use of sorting machines.

關於著色劑之移除,EP 2 784 110 A1描述藉由在環境壓力下及在乙二醇之沸點溫度下用乙二醇萃取PET薄片而自來自切碎之PET瓶之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)薄片中移除有機著色劑。US 10,876,240 B2係關於用氣體丙二醇甲醚使染色之聚酯脫色。DE 2223466 A1揭示一種用於在高溫下用溶劑自基板分離物質之方法,其中藉助於可與溶劑混溶但不溶解基板的液體之冷凝蒸氣加熱基板,且隨後用溶劑處理加熱的基板,藉此將物質自基板分離。With regard to the removal of colorants, EP 2 784 110 A1 describes the removal of organic colorants from polyethylene terephthalate (PET) flakes from shredded PET bottles by extracting the PET flakes with ethylene glycol at ambient pressure and at the boiling temperature of ethylene glycol. US 10,876,240 B2 is about the decolorization of dyed polyester with the gaseous propylene glycol methyl ether. DE 2223466 A1 discloses a method for separating substances from substrates with a solvent at high temperature, wherein the substrate is heated by means of condensed vapors of a liquid that is miscible with the solvent but does not dissolve the substrate, and the heated substrate is subsequently treated with a solvent, thereby separating the substance from the substrate.

雖然已知若干種用於自聚酯移除著色劑之方法,但此等方法仍存在缺點:有色聚合材料之解聚合或轉酯化遞送必須藉由過濾、結晶或蒸餾充分純化之單體及/或其他酯。此使得該方法極昂貴。若不能實現脫色,則產品品質低且無法再用於高值應用中。Although several methods are known for removing coloring agents from polyesters, these methods still have disadvantages: the depolymerization or transesterification of the colored polymeric material must be delivered by fully purified monomers and/or other esters by filtration, crystallization or distillation. This makes the process extremely expensive. If decolorization cannot be achieved, the product is of low quality and can no longer be used in high-value applications.

另外,摻合物中存在之額外組分(諸如其他聚合物)或造成干擾或無法如著色劑一樣經移除。其他缺點為有必要使用有毒溶劑及/或需要使用大量溶劑。In addition, the presence of additional components in the blend (such as other polymers) may cause interference or may not be removed in the same way as the coloring agent. Other disadvantages are the necessity to use toxic solvents and/or the need to use large amounts of solvents.

因此,本發明之潛在技術問題為提供一種經濟的回收聚酯之方法,該方法克服此等缺點,且尤其使得一方面能夠在使用相對少量溶劑的同時精確移除著色劑,且若存在,能夠移除其他聚合物,且另一方面回收未降解之聚酯,隨後可容易地將其轉化為適合的單體結構單元。The technical problem underlying the present invention is therefore that of providing an economical process for the recycling of polyester which overcomes these disadvantages and which in particular makes it possible, on the one hand, to precisely remove the coloring agents and, if present, other polymers while using relatively small amounts of solvent and, on the other hand, to recover undegraded polyester which can subsequently be easily converted into suitable monomer building blocks.

本發明之第一態樣係關於一種用於再循環有色聚合材料之方法,其中該有色聚合材料包含(i)基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物;(ii)著色劑;及視情況存在之(iii)第二聚合物,其與(i)之該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物不同;以及視情況存在之(iv)第三聚合物,其與(i)之該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物不同且與(iii)之該第二聚合物不同,該方法包含: (a) 提供有色聚合材料及溶劑系統; (b) 在允許著色劑移除但不允許該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物溶解的條件下,使(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料與(a)中提供之該溶劑系統接觸,藉此獲得與所提供之該溶劑系統相比富含著色劑之溶劑系統,以及與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少之聚合材料; (c) 使(b)中所獲得之該著色劑減少之聚合材料解聚合或轉酯化;藉此獲得單體及/或寡聚物或轉酯化產物。 The first aspect of the present invention relates to a method for recycling a colored polymeric material, wherein the colored polymeric material comprises (i) a polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer; (ii) a colorant; and optionally (iii) a second polymer that is different from the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer of (i); and optionally (iv) a third polymer that is different from the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer of (i) and different from the second polymer of (iii), the method comprising: (a) providing a colored polymeric material and a solvent system; (b) The colored polymeric material provided in (a) is contacted with the solvent system provided in (a) under conditions that allow the removal of the colorant but do not allow the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer to dissolve, thereby obtaining a solvent system rich in colorant compared to the solvent system provided, and a polymeric material with reduced colorant compared to the colored polymeric material provided in (a); (c) depolymerizing or transesterifying the polymeric material with reduced colorant obtained in (b); thereby obtaining monomers and/or oligomers or transesterification products.

本發明方法代表一種極簡單且有效的使基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物脫色而不影響聚合結構,尤其不會降解基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物的方法。此後,可容易地對材料進行化學處理(經由解聚合或轉酯化),而不需要由於顏色而對所得產物進行充分純化。The process of the invention represents an extremely simple and effective method for decolorizing polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymers without affecting the polymeric structure and in particular without degrading the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymers. Thereafter, the material can be easily chemically treated (via depolymerization or transesterification) without the need for extensive purification of the resulting product due to color.

步驟(b)中之「在允許著色劑移除但不允許聚酯溶解之條件下接觸」包含有色聚合材料與溶劑系統之間的任何種類之接觸,只要著色劑及視情況存在之第三聚合物(iv) (若存在)被減少,而基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物保持不降解即可。如下文更詳細地描述,尤其在一些實施例中,此包含有色聚合材料與氣體溶劑系統及/或再冷凝的溶劑系統接觸,而在一些替代實施例中,有色聚合材料至少部分浸入(液體)溶劑系統中。The "contacting under conditions that allow the removal of the coloring agent but do not allow the polyester to dissolve" in step (b) includes any kind of contact between the colored polymeric material and the solvent system, as long as the coloring agent and, if present, the third polymer (iv) are reduced while the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer remains undegraded. As described in more detail below, in particular in some embodiments, this includes contacting the colored polymeric material with a gaseous solvent system and/or a recondensed solvent system, while in some alternative embodiments, the colored polymeric material is at least partially immersed in a (liquid) solvent system.

「著色劑減少」意謂自聚合材料移除至少50重量%、較佳至少60重量%、更佳至少70重量%、更佳至少80重量%、更佳至少90重量%、更佳至少95重量%之著色劑,以及(若存在)相同感知量的包含於(a)中提供之有色聚合材料中之第三聚合物(iv),更佳上述量之包含於基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物中之著色劑,以及(若存在)包含於(a)中提供之有色聚合材料中的第三聚合物(iv)。「富含著色劑」意謂至少50重量%、較佳至少60重量%、更佳至少70重量%、更佳至少80重量%、更佳至少90重量%、更佳至少95重量%之著色劑以及(若存在)相同感知量的包含於(a)中提供之材料中之第三聚合物(iv)溶解於溶劑系統中。"Colorant-reduced" means that at least 50% by weight, preferably at least 60% by weight, more preferably at least 70% by weight, more preferably at least 80% by weight, more preferably at least 90% by weight, more preferably at least 95% by weight of the colorant is removed from the polymeric material, and (if present) the same perceived amount of the third polymer (iv) contained in the colored polymeric material provided in (a), more preferably the above-mentioned amount of the colorant contained in the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer, and (if present) the third polymer (iv) contained in the colored polymeric material provided in (a). "Colorant-rich" means that at least 50% by weight, preferably at least 60% by weight, more preferably at least 70% by weight, more preferably at least 80% by weight, more preferably at least 90% by weight, more preferably at least 95% by weight of the colorant and (if present) the same perceived amount of the third polymer (iv) contained in the material provided in (a) are dissolved in the solvent system.

( b ) 中經由氣體流之著色劑移除在該方法之一些實施例中,(b)包含: (b.1) 在第一容器中提供該有色聚合材料,且在第二容器中提供該溶劑系統; 其中第一容器及第二容器在空間上彼此分離配置,但允許彼此之間氣體及流體連通; (b.2) 形成包含至少部分該溶劑系統之氣體流,且自該第二容器移除該氣體流; (b.3) 使該溶劑系統在該第二容器外部(亦在該第一容器外部)之位置處以液體形式自該氣體流分離,獲得液體形式之溶劑系統; (b.4) 使該第一容器中之有色聚合材料與該液體形式之溶劑系統接觸,該溶劑系統已在(b.3)中自該氣體流分離, 藉此獲得與(a)中提供之該溶劑系統相比富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物(iv)的溶劑系統,以及聚合材料,該聚合材料與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少及第三聚合物(iv)視情況減少且包含該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物(i)及視情況存在之該第二聚合物(iii)。 ( b ) Removal of colorant by gas stream In some embodiments of the method, (b) comprises: (b.1) providing the colored polymeric material in a first container and providing the solvent system in a second container; wherein the first container and the second container are spatially separated from each other but allow gas and fluid communication between each other; (b.2) forming a gas stream containing at least a portion of the solvent system, and removing the gas stream from the second container; (b.3) separating the solvent system in liquid form from the gas stream at a position outside the second container (also outside the first container) to obtain a solvent system in liquid form; (b.4) contacting the colored polymeric material in the first container with the solvent system in liquid form, the solvent system having been separated from the gas stream in (b.3), Thereby, a solvent system is obtained which is rich in colorant and, if appropriate, in a third polymer (iv) compared to the solvent system provided in (a), and a polymeric material which is reduced in colorant and, if appropriate, in a third polymer (iv) compared to the colored polymeric material provided in (a) and comprises the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer (i) and, if appropriate, the second polymer (iii).

表述「允許彼此之間氣體及流體連通」意謂第一容器中之有色聚合材料與第二容器中之溶劑系統彼此不直接接觸,而氣體、氣相及液體可在其之間及周圍自由移動。The expression "allowing gaseous and fluid communication therebetween" means that the colored polymeric material in the first container and the solvent system in the second container are not in direct contact with each other, and that gases, vapor phases and liquids can move freely between and around them.

表述「包含至少部分溶劑系統之氣體流」應理解為首先,一部分溶劑系統保留在第二容器中,且其次,氣體流包含至少一部分溶劑系統,其中溶劑系統以液態或氣態或部分以液態且部分以氣態存在於氣體流中。The expression "gas stream comprising at least part of the solvent system" is to be understood as meaning firstly that a part of the solvent system remains in the second container and secondly that the gas stream comprises at least a part of the solvent system, wherein the solvent system is present in the gas stream in liquid or gaseous state or partly in liquid and partly in gaseous state.

第二容器外部(亦在第一容器外部)之位置為此兩個容器外部之任何位置,其中唯一要求為溶劑系統可以液體形式自氣體流分離且可藉由任何適合的方式轉移回至第一容器中之聚合材料。The location outside the second container (and also outside the first container) is any location outside of both containers, wherein the only requirement is that the solvent system can be separated from the gas stream in liquid form and transferred back to the polymerized material in the first container by any suitable means.

在此等實施例中,「接觸」尤其包含有色聚合材料與氣體溶劑系統及/或再冷凝的溶劑系統及/或經分離之溶劑系統接觸,如下文更詳細地描述。In these embodiments, "contacting" particularly includes contacting the colored polymeric material with a gaseous solvent system and/or a recondensed solvent system and/or a separated solvent system, as described in more detail below.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(b.2)包含: (b.2.1) 將該溶劑系統加熱至至少等於或高於該溶劑系統之沸點溫度的溫度; (b.2.2) 獲得包含至少部分溶劑系統之氣體流,且自第二容器移除氣體流。 In some embodiments of the method, (b.2) comprises: (b.2.1) heating the solvent system to a temperature at least equal to or greater than the boiling temperature of the solvent system; (b.2.2) obtaining a gas stream comprising at least a portion of the solvent system, and removing the gas stream from the second container.

在一些實施例中,溶劑系統由於加熱而至少其部分由液態移轉至氣態。若兩種或更多種溶劑存在於溶劑系統中,則溶劑系統之「沸點」理解為在非共沸混合物之情況下溶劑系統之沸點範圍,或在共沸混合物之情況下,理解為該共沸混合物之沸點。溶劑之沸點通常理解為溶劑在各別壓力下之沸點,且溶劑系統之沸點同樣理解為溶劑系統在各別壓力下之沸點。在該方法之一些實施例中,另外施加惰性氣體,該惰性氣體形成包含至少部分溶劑系統之氣體流之部分。In some embodiments, the solvent system at least partially transfers from the liquid state to the gaseous state due to heating. If two or more solvents are present in the solvent system, the "boiling point" of the solvent system is understood to be the boiling point range of the solvent system in the case of a non-azeotropic mixture, or in the case of an azeotropic mixture, the boiling point of the azeotropic mixture. The boiling point of a solvent is generally understood to be the boiling point of the solvent at the respective pressure, and the boiling point of a solvent system is likewise understood to be the boiling point of the solvent system at the respective pressure. In some embodiments of the method, an inert gas is additionally applied, which forms part of the gas stream comprising at least part of the solvent system.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(b.2)包含: (b.2.1') 將該溶劑系統加熱至低於該溶劑系統之沸點溫度至多3 K之溫度T;以使得獲得具有升高溫度之溶劑系統; (b.2.2') 使具有升高溫度之溶劑系統與惰性氣體接觸,較佳使惰性氣體通過具有升高溫度之溶劑系統,使得形成包含至少部分溶劑系統之氣體流,且自第二容器移除氣體流。 In some embodiments of the method, (b.2) comprises: (b.2.1') heating the solvent system to a temperature T which is at most 3 K below the boiling temperature of the solvent system; so as to obtain a solvent system with an elevated temperature; (b.2.2') contacting the solvent system with an elevated temperature with an inert gas, preferably passing the inert gas through the solvent system with an elevated temperature, so as to form a gas stream comprising at least part of the solvent system, and removing the gas stream from the second container.

將(b.2.1')中之溶劑系統加熱至30℃,較佳160℃至低於溶劑系統之沸點溫度至多3 K之範圍內的溫度,其中當步驟(b.ii.1')在990至1030 hPa之範圍內的壓力下進行時,較佳應用30℃或160℃。在該方法之一些實施例中,(b.2)、(b.3)及(b.4)中之至少一者,較佳(b.1)、(b.2)、(b.3)及(b.4)係在800至200,000 hPa之範圍內的壓力下進行;此同樣適用於上文及下文所描述之所有子步驟。在一些替代實施例中,(b.2)、(b.3)及(b.4)中之至少一者,較佳(b.1)、(b.2)、(b.3)及(b.4)係在0.1至990 hPa之範圍內,較佳在1至990 hPa之範圍內的壓力下進行;此同樣適用於上文及下文所描述之所有子步驟。The solvent system in (b.2.1') is heated to a temperature in the range of 30°C, preferably 160°C to a temperature at most 3 K below the boiling temperature of the solvent system, wherein when step (b.ii.1') is carried out under a pressure in the range of 990 to 1030 hPa, 30°C or 160°C is preferably applied. In some embodiments of the method, at least one of (b.2), (b.3) and (b.4), preferably (b.1), (b.2), (b.3) and (b.4) is carried out under a pressure in the range of 800 to 200,000 hPa; the same applies to all sub-steps described above and below. In some alternative embodiments, at least one of (b.2), (b.3) and (b.4), preferably (b.1), (b.2), (b.3) and (b.4) is performed under a pressure in the range of 0.1 to 990 hPa, preferably in the range of 1 to 990 hPa; the same applies to all sub-steps described above and below.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(b.3)包含: (b.3.1) 將該氣體流自該第二容器轉移至該第二容器外部(亦在該第一容器外部)之位置; (b.3.2) 使包含於該氣體流中之該部分溶劑系統在該第二容器外部(亦在該第一容器外部)之位置處以液體形式自該氣體流分離,獲得液體形式之溶劑系統。 In some embodiments of the method, (b.3) includes: (b.3.1) transferring the gas flow from the second container to a position outside the second container (also outside the first container); (b.3.2) separating the portion of the solvent system contained in the gas flow in liquid form from the gas flow at a position outside the second container (also outside the first container) to obtain a solvent system in liquid form.

(b.3.2)中之溶劑系統之分離係藉由任何適合於自氣體流分離溶劑系統之方式進行的,使得獲得液體形式之溶劑系統。舉例而言,該分離係藉由冷卻包含至少部分溶劑系統之氣體流來進行,例如藉由與溫度低於氣體流之溫度的構件之表面接觸。在一些實施例中,當該方法在萃取裝置,諸如索氏萃取器(soxhlet extractor)中進行時,溫度低於溶劑系統之溫度的構件為冷凝器,較佳為引導冷卻介質通過之冷凝器。分離意謂,在至少部分溶劑系統至少部分地在氣體流中之情況下,進行冷凝。在至少部分溶劑系統在氣體流中至少部分仍處於液態之情況下,分離意謂將此等液體部分自氣體流剝離。The separation of the solvent system in (b.3.2) is carried out by any means suitable for separating the solvent system from a gaseous flow so that the solvent system is obtained in liquid form. For example, the separation is carried out by cooling the gaseous flow containing at least part of the solvent system, for example by contact with the surface of a component whose temperature is lower than the temperature of the gaseous flow. In some embodiments, when the method is carried out in an extraction device, such as a Soxhlet extractor, the component whose temperature is lower than the temperature of the solvent system is a condenser, preferably a condenser through which a cooling medium is guided. Separation means that condensation is carried out while at least part of the solvent system is at least partly in the gaseous flow. In the case where at least part of the solvent system is still at least partly in liquid form in the gas stream, separation means stripping these liquid parts from the gas stream.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(b.4)包含: (b.4.1) 將(b.3.2)中所獲得之該液體形式之溶劑系統轉移至該第一容器中之有色聚合材料; (b.4.2) 使該第一容器中之有色聚合材料與該液體形式之溶劑系統接觸, 藉此獲得與(a)中提供之該溶劑系統相比富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物的溶劑系統,以及聚合材料,該聚合材料與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少及第三聚合物視情況減少且包含該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物及視情況存在之該第二聚合物。 In some embodiments of the method, (b.4) comprises: (b.4.1) transferring the liquid form solvent system obtained in (b.3.2) to the colored polymeric material in the first container; (b.4.2) contacting the colored polymeric material in the first container with the liquid form solvent system, thereby obtaining a solvent system rich in colorant and, if appropriate, third polymer compared to the solvent system provided in (a), and a polymeric material, which is reduced in colorant and, if appropriate, third polymer compared to the colored polymeric material provided in (a) and comprises the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer and, if appropriate, the second polymer.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(b.4)包含: (b.4.3) 將(b.4.2)中所獲得之溶劑系統轉移至第二容器,該第二容器含有(a)中提供之溶劑系統。 In some embodiments of the method, (b.4) comprises: (b.4.3) transferring the solvent system obtained in (b.4.2) to a second container, wherein the second container contains the solvent system provided in (a).

在該方法之一些實施例中,含有聚合材料之第一容器及含有溶劑系統之第二容器在空間上彼此分離配置,其中含有聚合材料之第一容器配置於含有溶劑系統之第二容器上方。表述「配置於含有溶劑之第二容器上方」意謂聚合材料配置於比第二容器中之溶劑系統之上邊緣之位置垂直更高的位置處。較佳地,聚合材料與溶劑系統之間不存在直接的材料接觸,亦即聚合材料既不接觸溶劑系統之表面,聚合材料亦無任何百分比浸入容器中之溶劑系統中。可用於進行方法之裝置不受限制。舉例而言,在一些實施例中,使用與索氏萃取器相當之裝置,其中包含溶劑系統之第二容器與蒸餾釜相當,且包含聚合材料之第一容器與萃取套管相當,在一些實施例中,第一容器為具有一或多個開口之器件,諸如篩。篩可具有任何可設想的形狀,諸如為平面篩、曲面篩等,只要該篩能夠容納聚合材料(呈固態),但允許液體及氣體通過其開口即可。In some embodiments of the method, a first container containing a polymeric material and a second container containing a solvent system are spatially separated from each other, wherein the first container containing the polymeric material is arranged above the second container containing the solvent system. The expression "arranged above the second container containing the solvent" means that the polymeric material is arranged at a position vertically higher than the position of the upper edge of the solvent system in the second container. Preferably, there is no direct material contact between the polymeric material and the solvent system, that is, the polymeric material neither contacts the surface of the solvent system nor any percentage of the polymeric material is immersed in the solvent system in the container. The device that can be used to perform the method is not limited. For example, in some embodiments, a device equivalent to a Soxhlet extractor is used, wherein the second container containing the solvent system is equivalent to a distillation kettle, and the first container containing the polymeric material is equivalent to an extraction thimble. In some embodiments, the first container is a device having one or more openings, such as a sieve. The sieve can have any conceivable shape, such as a flat sieve, a curved sieve, etc., as long as the sieve can contain the polymeric material (in a solid state) but allow liquids and gases to pass through its openings.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(b.4.2)包含使有色聚合材料與(b.4.1)之液體形式的溶劑系統接觸,其中液體形式之溶劑系統滴落至有色聚合材料上。In some embodiments of the method, (b.4.2) includes contacting the colored polymeric material with the liquid solvent system of (b.4.1), wherein the liquid solvent system is dripped onto the colored polymeric material.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(b.4.3)包含將與(a)中提供之溶劑系統相比富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物的溶劑系統自第一容器轉移至第二容器,其中溶劑系統以液體形式自第一容器滴落(返回)至第二容器。In some embodiments of the method, (b.4.3) comprises transferring a solvent system that is enriched in a colorant and, optionally, a third polymer compared to the solvent system provided in (a) from a first container to a second container, wherein the solvent system drips (returns) from the first container to the second container in liquid form.

在一些實施例中,該方法包含: (b.1) 在第一容器中提供有色聚合材料,且在第二容器中提供溶劑系統; 其中第一容器及第二容器在空間上彼此分離配置,其中含有有色聚合材料之第一容器配置於含有溶劑系統之第二容器上方,且允許彼此之間(第一容器與第二容器之間)進行氣體及流體連通; (b.2) 形成包含至少部分該溶劑系統之氣體流,且自該第二容器移除該氣體流; (b.3.1) 將該氣體流自該第二容器轉移至該第二容器外部(亦在該第一容器外部)之位置; (b.3.2) 使包含於氣體流中之部分溶劑系統在第二容器外部(亦在第一容器外部)之位置處,較佳在第一容器上方之位置處以液體形式自氣體流分離,其中該分離較佳藉由冷卻包含至少部分溶劑系統之氣體流來進行,更較佳藉由使第一容器上方之位置處的氣體流與溫度低於氣體流之溫度的構件之表面接觸來進行;藉此獲得液體形式之溶劑系統; (b.4.1) 將(b.3.2)中所獲得之液體形式的溶劑系統轉移至第一容器中之有色聚合材料,其中液體形式之溶劑系統自第一容器上方之位置滴落至第一容器中之有色聚合材料上; (b.4.2) 使該第一容器中之有色聚合材料與該液體形式之溶劑系統接觸, 藉此獲得與(a)中提供之溶劑系統相比富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物的溶劑系統,以及聚合材料,該聚合材料與(a)中提供之有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少及第三聚合物視情況減少且包含基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物及視情況存在之第二聚合物;且較佳地 (b.4.3) 將(b.4.2)中所獲得之溶劑系統轉移至第二容器,該第二容器含有(a)中提供之溶劑系統,較佳地,其中與(a)中提供之溶劑系統相比富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物的溶劑系統以液體形式自第一容器滴落(返回)至第二容器。 In some embodiments, the method comprises: (b.1) providing a colored polymeric material in a first container and providing a solvent system in a second container; wherein the first container and the second container are spatially separated from each other, wherein the first container containing the colored polymeric material is disposed above the second container containing the solvent system and allows gas and fluid communication between the first container and the second container; (b.2) forming a gas flow containing at least a portion of the solvent system and removing the gas flow from the second container; (b.3.1) transferring the gas flow from the second container to a location outside the second container (also outside the first container); (b.3.2) Separating a portion of the solvent system contained in the gas stream in liquid form from the gas stream at a position outside the second container (also outside the first container), preferably at a position above the first container, wherein the separation is preferably performed by cooling the gas stream containing at least a portion of the solvent system, and more preferably by bringing the gas stream at a position above the first container into contact with the surface of a component having a temperature lower than that of the gas stream; thereby obtaining a solvent system in liquid form; (b.4.1) Transferring the solvent system in liquid form obtained in (b.3.2) to the colored polymer material in the first container, wherein the solvent system in liquid form drips from a position above the first container onto the colored polymer material in the first container; (b.4.2) The colored polymeric material in the first container is brought into contact with the solvent system in liquid form, thereby obtaining a solvent system that is rich in colorant and, if appropriate, a third polymer compared to the solvent system provided in (a), and a polymeric material that is reduced in colorant and, if appropriate, a third polymer compared to the colored polymeric material provided in (a) and comprises a polymer based on polyalkylene terephthalate and, if appropriate, a second polymer; and preferably (b.4.3) The solvent system obtained in (b.4.2) is transferred to a second container, the second container containing the solvent system provided in (a), preferably, wherein a solvent system enriched in a coloring agent and optionally a third polymer compared to the solvent system provided in (a) drips (returns) from the first container to the second container in liquid form.

對於此等實施例,上文關於(b.2.1)、(b.2.1')、(b.2.2)及/或(b.2.2')所描述之所有較佳選項亦適用。For these embodiments, all preferred options described above with respect to (b.2.1), (b.2.1'), (b.2.2) and/or (b.2.2') also apply.

在該方法之一些實施例中,惰性氣體係選自由以下組成之群:氬氣、氦氣、氖氣、氮氣及此等惰性氣體中之兩者或更多者之混合物,較佳至少包含氮氣,更佳地,惰性氣體為氮氣。In some embodiments of the method, the inert gas is selected from the group consisting of argon, helium, neon, nitrogen and a mixture of two or more of these inert gases, preferably at least comprises nitrogen, and more preferably, the inert gas is nitrogen.

在該方法之一些實施例中,惰性氣體經引導通過溶劑系統且其流動速率在1至150公升/小時之範圍內,或該惰性氣體沿著溶劑系統之表面通過且其流動速率在1至150公升/小時之範圍內。In some embodiments of the method, the inert gas is directed through the solvent system at a flow rate in the range of 1 to 150 liters per hour, or the inert gas is passed along the surface of the solvent system at a flow rate in the range of 1 to 150 liters per hour.

在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含: (b.5) 將(b.4)或(b.4.2)中所獲得之該富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物的溶劑系統自該聚合材料移除(亦即亦自該第一容器中移除),且較佳藉由將其滴入該包含溶劑系統之第二容器(使(b.4)或(b.4.2)中所獲得之該溶劑系統滴入該包含溶劑系統之第二容器)再循環至該包含溶劑系統之第二容器。 In some embodiments, the method further comprises: (b.5) removing the colorant-rich and optionally third polymer-rich solvent system obtained in (b.4) or (b.4.2) from the polymeric material (i.e. also from the first container), and preferably recirculating it to the second container containing the solvent system by dripping it into the second container containing the solvent system (causing the solvent system obtained in (b.4) or (b.4.2) to drip into the second container containing the solvent system).

在該方法之一些實施例中,(b.2)、(b.3)及(b.4),較佳(b.2)、(b.3)、(b.4)及(b.5)以連續模式進行。In some embodiments of the method, (b.2), (b.3) and (b.4), preferably (b.2), (b.3), (b.4) and (b.5) are performed in a continuous mode.

在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含: (b.6) 至少部分移除(b.4)或(b.4.2)中所獲得之聚合材料,藉此獲得如下聚合材料,該聚合材料與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少及第三聚合物(iv)視情況減少且包含該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物及視情況存在之該第二聚合物。 In some embodiments, the method further comprises: (b.6) at least partially removing the polymeric material obtained in (b.4) or (b.4.2), thereby obtaining a polymeric material having a reduced colorant and optionally a reduced third polymer (iv) compared to the colored polymeric material provided in (a) and comprising the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer and optionally the second polymer.

在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含: (b.7) 用新鮮的有色聚合材料至少部分替代(b.6)中移除之聚合材料,而不替代(a)中提供之該溶劑系統,其中該新鮮的有色聚合材料包含基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物、著色劑、視情況存在之第二聚合物以及視情況存在之第三聚合物,且重複步驟(b.2)、(b.3)及(b.4),視情況重複(b.5); 其中步驟(b.6)及(b.7)較佳再重複至少一次,較佳再重複一次至至少10次之範圍內(分批模式);或其中步驟(b.6)及(b.7)連續地(吹掃模式)進行。 In some embodiments, the method further comprises: (b.7) replacing at least part of the polymeric material removed in (b.6) with fresh colored polymeric material without replacing the solvent system provided in (a), wherein the fresh colored polymeric material comprises a polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer, a coloring agent, a second polymer, if present, and a third polymer, if present, and repeating steps (b.2), (b.3) and (b.4), and repeating (b.5) if necessary; wherein steps (b.6) and (b.7) are preferably repeated at least once, preferably repeated once to at least 10 times (batch mode); or wherein steps (b.6) and (b.7) are performed continuously (sweep mode).

在該方法之一些實施例中,以(a)中提供之溶劑系統之總重量為100重量%計,添加1至50重量%之範圍內的額外新鮮的溶劑系統,其中添加係不連續地(分批模式)或連續地(吹掃模式)進行。In some embodiments of the method, additional fresh solvent system is added in a range of 1 to 50 wt %, based on the total weight of the solvent system provided in (a) as 100 wt %, wherein the addition is performed discontinuously (batch mode) or continuously (sweep mode).

( b ) 中藉由在溶液中處理之著色劑移除在該方法之一些替代實施例中,(b.1)包含: (b.1') 在<170℃之溫度T下使(a)之該有色聚合材料與溶劑系統接觸,藉此獲得與(a)中提供之該溶劑系統相比富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物(iv)的溶劑系統,以及與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少及第三聚合物(iv)視情況減少的聚合材料; (b.2') 視情況自該溶劑系統分離該聚合材料,該聚合材料中著色劑減少及第三聚合物(iv)視情況減少且包含該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物。 Removal of the colorant by treatment in solution in ( b ) In some alternative embodiments of the method, (b.1) comprises: (b.1') contacting the colored polymeric material of (a) with a solvent system at a temperature T of <170°C, thereby obtaining a solvent system rich in colorant and, optionally, rich in a third polymer (iv) compared to the solvent system provided in (a), and a polymeric material with reduced colorant and, optionally, reduced third polymer (iv) compared to the colored polymeric material provided in (a); (b.2') optionally separating the polymeric material from the solvent system, wherein the colorant and, optionally, the third polymer (iv) are reduced and the polymer comprises the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer.

(b.2')中之分離係藉由熟習此項技術者已知之方法及方式進行,尤其藉由固液分離方法,諸如過濾,例如加熱壓力過濾、沉降或離心(參見Handbuch der mechanischen Fest-Flüssig-Trennung Taschenbuch - 2004年4月29日von Klaus Luckert (Herausgeber))。著色劑至少部分保留在(b.2')中所獲得之經分離之溶劑系統中。The separation in (b.2') is carried out by methods and means known to the person skilled in the art, in particular by solid-liquid separation methods, such as filtration, for example heated pressure filtration, sedimentation or centrifugation (see Handbuch der mechanischen Fest-Flüssig-Trennung Taschenbuch - April 29, 2004 von Klaus Luckert (Herausgeber)). The coloring agent at least partially remains in the separated solvent system obtained in (b.2').

在該方法之此等替代實施例中,較佳的是(b.1')中之接觸係在溫度T下進行,該溫度T在10至<170℃之範圍內,較佳在100至<170℃之範圍內,更佳在110至<170℃之範圍內,更佳在110至165℃之範圍內,更佳在120至150℃之範圍內。In these alternative embodiments of the method, it is preferred that the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T in the range of 10 to <170°C, preferably in the range of 100 to <170°C, more preferably in the range of 110 to <170°C, more preferably in the range of 110 to 165°C, and more preferably in the range of 120 to 150°C.

步驟(b.1')中之「接觸」較佳意謂有色聚合材料至少部分浸入溶劑系統中。較佳地,有色聚合材料至少部分浸入(第一或第二)溶劑系統中,其中以總表面為100%計,有色聚合材料之表面的至少60%、更佳至少70%、更佳至少80%、更佳至少90%、更佳至少95%、更佳至少99%浸入溶劑系統中或與溶劑系統接觸。The "contact" in step (b.1') preferably means that the colored polymeric material is at least partially immersed in the solvent system. Preferably, the colored polymeric material is at least partially immersed in the (first or second) solvent system, wherein at least 60%, more preferably at least 70%, more preferably at least 80%, more preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, more preferably at least 99% of the surface of the colored polymeric material is immersed in the solvent system or in contact with the solvent system, based on the total surface as 100%.

在該方法之此等替代實施例中,較佳的是(b.1')係在800至200,000 hPa之範圍內的壓力下進行。In these alternative embodiments of the method, it is preferred that (b.1') is carried out at a pressure in the range of 800 to 200,000 hPa.

在該方法之一些實施例中,至少(b)係以逆流模式進行。舉例而言,若步驟(b)之接觸係在容器內進行,則溶劑系統自一個方向(側面或頂部/底部)進入容器,且有色聚合材料自另一方向,較佳相對方向進入容器。在使用垂直配置之容器的較佳群集中,溶劑系統自底部進入容器且有色聚合材料自頂部進入容器。在該方法之一些實施例中,至少(b)係在機械互混下進行,其中機械互混較佳包含一或多種選自攪拌、摻合及超音波之方法。In some embodiments of the method, at least (b) is performed in a countercurrent mode. For example, if the contacting of step (b) is performed in a container, the solvent system enters the container from one direction (side or top/bottom) and the colored polymeric material enters the container from another direction, preferably an opposite direction. In a preferred cluster using a vertically configured container, the solvent system enters the container from the bottom and the colored polymeric material enters the container from the top. In some embodiments of the method, at least (b) is performed under mechanical intermixing, wherein the mechanical intermixing preferably comprises one or more methods selected from stirring, blending and ultrasound.

額外步驟洗滌 在該方法之一些實施例中,((b)包含: (b.y) 視情況用洗滌溶劑洗滌(b.6)或(b.2')中分離之聚合材料,藉此獲得與(a)中提供之該聚合材料相比著色劑減少的經洗滌之聚合材料。 Additional Step Washing In some embodiments of the method, (b) comprises: (by) washing the polymeric material separated in (b.6) or (b.2') with a washing solvent, as appropriate, thereby obtaining a washed polymeric material having reduced coloring agents compared to the polymeric material provided in (a).

乾燥在該方法之一些實施例中,(b)包含: (b.z) 乾燥該(b.6)或(b.2')中分離之聚合材料及/或分別於(b.y)中所獲得之該經洗滌之聚合材料。 Drying In some embodiments of the method, (b) comprises: (bz) drying the polymeric material separated in (b.6) or (b.2') and/or the washed polymeric material obtained in (by), respectively.

視情況存在之步驟(b.y)中之洗滌較佳用具有特徵(s.1)或(s.1a),較佳(s.1)或(s.1a)及(s.2),更佳(s.1)或(s.1a)、(s.2)及(s.3)之溶劑系統進行,較佳用包含本文所列之任一群組之溶劑中之一或多者的溶劑系統進行。較佳地,視情況存在之步驟(b.y)中之洗滌使用與用於顏色減少之相同溶劑系統進行。在一些實施例中,洗滌係用選自由以下組成之群的溶劑進行:甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、乙腈、乙酸乙酯、丙酮、水或此等溶劑中之兩者或更多者之混合物。在一些實施例中,視情況存在之步驟(b.y)中之洗滌係用選自由以下組成之群的溶劑進行:甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、乙腈、乙酸乙酯、丙酮、水、GVL或此等溶劑中之兩者或更多者之混合物。步驟(b.z)中之乾燥較佳在一或多種選自由以下組成之群的條件下進行:在1至1013 mbar之範圍內的壓力下;在50至210℃之範圍內,較佳在60至180℃之範圍內,更佳在80至160℃之範圍內的溫度下;在30分鐘至24小時之範圍內的乾燥時間;在包含氮氣之氛圍中,較佳在具有至少90體積%、更佳95體積%、更佳至少98體積%氮氣之氛圍中乾燥。乾燥係藉由一或多種選自由以下組成之群的方法進行:接觸乾燥、對流乾燥及輻射乾燥。The washing in the optional step (b.y) is preferably carried out with a solvent system having the characteristics (s.1) or (s.1a), preferably (s.1) or (s.1a) and (s.2), more preferably (s.1) or (s.1a), (s.2) and (s.3), preferably with a solvent system comprising one or more of any group of solvents listed herein. Preferably, the washing in the optional step (b.y) is carried out with the same solvent system used for color reduction. In some embodiments, the washing is performed with a solvent selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, acetone, water, or a mixture of two or more of these solvents. In some embodiments, the washing in the optional step (b.y) is performed with a solvent selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, acetone, water, GVL, or a mixture of two or more of these solvents. The drying in step (b.z) is preferably carried out under one or more conditions selected from the group consisting of: a pressure in the range of 1 to 1013 mbar; a temperature in the range of 50 to 210°C, preferably in the range of 60 to 180°C, more preferably in the range of 80 to 160°C; a drying time in the range of 30 minutes to 24 hours; in an atmosphere comprising nitrogen, preferably in an atmosphere having at least 90 volume %, more preferably 95 volume %, more preferably at least 98 volume % nitrogen. Drying is carried out by one or more methods selected from the group consisting of: contact drying, convection drying and radiation drying.

溶劑系統在該方法之一些實施例中,溶劑系統包含一或多種溶劑,其中溶劑系統 (s.1) 具有相對於以下之漢森溶解度參數(Hansen solubility parameter) -     來自分子間之色散力的能量(δD ss), -     來自分子間之偶極分子間力的能量(δP ss)及 -     來自分子間之氫鍵的能量(δH ss), 其滿足方程式1 (11) 2≥ 4(δD ss-17.5) 2+ (δP ss-7.5) 2+ (δH ss-7.5) 2[方程式1]。 Solvent system In some embodiments of the method, the solvent system comprises one or more solvents, wherein the solvent system (s.1) has a Hansen solubility parameter relative to - energy from dispersion forces between molecules (δD ss ), - energy from dipole intermolecular forces between molecules (δP ss ) and - energy from hydrogen bonds between molecules (δH ss ), which satisfies Equation 1 (11) 2 ≥ 4(δD ss -17.5) 2 + (δP ss -7.5) 2 + (δH ss -7.5) 2 [Equation 1].

較佳地,溶劑系統 (s.1a) 具有相對於以下之漢森溶解度參數 -     來自分子間之色散力的能量(δD ss), -     來自分子間之偶極分子間力的能量(δP ss)及 -     來自分子間之氫鍵的能量(δH ss), 其滿足方程式2 (8.8) 2≥ 4(δD ss-20) 2+ (δP ss-11.8) 2+ (δH ss-4.5) 2[方程式2]。 Preferably, the solvent system (s.1a) has Hansen solubility parameters relative to - energy from dispersion forces between molecules (δD ss ), - energy from dipole intermolecular forces between molecules (δP ss ) and - energy from hydrogen bonds between molecules (δH ss ), which satisfy Equation 2 (8.8) 2 ≥ 4(δD ss -20) 2 + (δP ss -11.8) 2 + (δH ss -4.5) 2 [Equation 2].

關於溶劑系統,其中4(δD ss-17.5) 2+ (δP ss-7.5) 2+ (δH ss-7.5) 2大於(11) 2(亦即121)之任何溶劑系統,較佳其中4(δD ss-20) 2+ (δP ss-11.8) 2+ (δH ss-4.5) 2大於(8.8) 2(亦即77.44)之任何溶劑系統不適合於溶解著色劑同時使基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物幾乎完全不溶解且不降解,且其中4(δD ss-17.5) 2+ (δP ss-7.5) 2+ (δH ss-7.5) 2小於或等於(11) 2(亦即121)之任何溶劑系統,較佳其中4(δD ss-20) 2+ (δP ss-11.8) 2+ (δH ss-4.5) 2小於或等於(8.8) 2(亦即77.44)之任何溶劑系統適合於溶解著色劑同時使基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物在特定溫度範圍內幾乎完全不溶解且不降解。若兩種或更多種溶劑為溶劑系統之一部分,亦即n種溶劑,其中n為整數,其中n≥2且i=1…n,則計算所得混合物相對於δD ss、δH ss及δP ss中之各者之漢森溶解度參數,已知各溶劑在溶劑系統中之百分比部分,作為n種溶劑S(i)中之各者之δD si、δH si及δP si之加權算術平均值。漢森參數將見於BIOVIA COSMOquick 2022中。 With respect to the solvent system, any solvent system wherein 4(δD ss -17.5) 2 + (δP ss -7.5) 2 + (δH ss -7.5) 2 is greater than (11) 2 (i.e., 121), preferably any solvent system wherein 4(δD ss -20) 2 + (δP ss -11.8) 2 + (δH ss -4.5) 2 is greater than (8.8) 2 (i.e., 77.44) is not suitable for dissolving the colorant while rendering the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer almost completely insoluble and non-degradable, and wherein 4(δD ss -17.5) 2 + (δP ss -7.5) 2 + (δH ss -7.5) 2 is less than or equal to (11) 2 Any solvent system wherein 4(δD ss -20) 2 + (δP ss -11.8) 2 + (δH ss -4.5) 2 is less than or equal to (8.8) 2 (i.e. 77.44) is suitable for dissolving the colorant while rendering the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer almost completely insoluble and non-degradable within a specified temperature range. If two or more solvents are part of a solvent system, i.e. n solvents, where n is an integer, where n ≥ 2 and i = 1…n, then the Hansen solubility parameters of the resulting mixture relative to each of δD ss , δH ss and δP ss are calculated, given the percentage part of each solvent in the solvent system, as the weighted arithmetic mean of δD si , δH si and δP si of each of the n solvents S(i). Hansen parameters will be available in BIOVIA COSMOquick 2022.

考慮到由例如三維漢森空間(Hansen space)中之方程式2給出之三維形式,形成中心位於δD c= 20、δP c= 11.8及δH c= 4.5且半徑r為8.8之球體。根據Charles Hansen,為實現球體形式,需要使色散參數值加倍。由於δH不可能存在負值,因此漢森球(Hansen sphere)亦可被視為圓頂,亦即半球。相同原理適用於由三維漢森空間中之方程式1給出之三維形式。 Considering the three-dimensional form given by, for example, equation 2 in three-dimensional Hansen space, a sphere is formed with center at δD c = 20, δP c = 11.8 and δH c = 4.5 and radius r of 8.8. According to Charles Hansen, to achieve the spherical form, the dispersion parameter values need to be doubled. Since negative values of δH are not possible, the Hansen sphere can also be considered as a dome, i.e. a hemisphere. The same principle applies to the three-dimensional form given by equation 1 in three-dimensional Hansen space.

在該方法之一些實施例中, (s.2) 溶劑系統之各溶劑在1013 hPa下之沸點為至少150℃, 較佳為至少160℃。 In some embodiments of the method, (s.2) each solvent of the solvent system has a boiling point at 1013 hPa of at least 150°C, preferably at least 160°C.

在該方法之一些實施例中, (s.3) 不包括具有選自由以下組成之群之官能基的溶劑:羥基(OH)、胺基(NH 2)、羧基(COOH)及硫醇(SH)。 In some embodiments of the method, (s.3) does not include a solvent having a functional group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group (OH), an amine group (NH 2 ), a carboxyl group (COOH), and a thiol group (SH).

在該方法之一些實施例中, (s.3a) 不包括具有選自由以下組成之群之官能基的溶劑:羥基(OH)、胺基(NH 2)、二級胺(-NH-)、羧基(COOH)及硫醇(SH)。 In some embodiments of the method, (s.3a) excludes a solvent having a functional group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group (OH), an amine group (NH 2 ), a diamine (—NH—), a carboxyl group (COOH), and a thiol group (SH).

在該方法之一些實施例中,以溶劑系統之總重量為100重量%計,至少90重量%、較佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳99至100重量%之範圍內的溶劑系統係由兩種或更多種溶劑組成。In some embodiments of the method, based on the total weight of the solvent system as 100 weight %, at least 90 weight %, preferably at least 95 weight %, more preferably at least 98 weight %, and more preferably in the range of 99 to 100 weight % of the solvent system consists of two or more solvents.

在該方法之一些實施例中,以溶劑系統之總重量為100重量%計,至少90重量%、較佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳99至100重量%之範圍內的溶劑系統係由一種溶劑組成,該一種溶劑滿足方程式1及/或2。In some embodiments of the method, based on the total weight of the solvent system as 100 weight %, at least 90 weight %, preferably at least 95 weight %, more preferably at least 98 weight %, and more preferably in the range of 99 to 100 weight % of the solvent system is composed of one solvent that satisfies Equation 1 and/or 2.

在該方法之一些實施例中,溶劑系統之一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:N,N-二甲基苯甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基苯基乙醯胺、1,4-苯醌、苯乙酮、對苯二甲酸二甲酯、1,3,5-三甲氧基苯、2-苯基苯乙酮、N-甲基己內醯胺、甲基苯甲酸酯、甲基-4-甲氧基苯甲酸酯、碳酸伸丁酯、丙烯-二醇-二苯甲酸酯、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二苯甲酮、丙二酸二苯甲酯、N-乙基-己內醯胺、2-(5-側氧基四氫呋喃-3-基)乙酸甲酯(FAME)、苯丙酮、N-甲氧基丙基-吡咯啶酮、1,4-環己二酮、環己烷-碳酸酯、N-甲氧基乙基-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二乙基苯基乙醯胺、乙酸苯酯、1-(2-羥基乙基)吡咯啶-2-酮乙酸酯(HEPAc)、N,N-二乙基苯甲醯胺、異丙基-苯甲酸酯、環己基苯基酮、苯乙酸乙基酯、苯乙酸酯、N-甲基-𠰌啉、苯甲基-丙酸酯、苯甲基乙酸酯、新戊基-二醇-二苯甲酸酯、乙酸四氫呋喃酯、N-甲基-咪唑、丁酸苯甲酯、2-吡咯啶酮、2-苯氧基乙醇丙酸酯、異丁酸2-苯氧基乙酯、N,N-二丙基苯甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二乙基乙醯胺、二氫左旋葡萄糖酮(Cyrene)、碳酸伸丙酯、己內酯、二甲基異山梨醇、N-丁基吡咯啶酮、三級丁基吡咯啶酮、甲基-1-甲基-5-側氧基吡咯啶-3-甲酸酯(MMOC)、γ-戊內酯(GVL)、δ-戊內酯、γ丁內酯、5-(二甲基胺基)-2-甲基-5-側氧基戊酸甲酯(Rhodiasolv Polarclean)、己內醯胺、苯乙酸乙酯、苯基乙酸甲酯、苯甲酸苯甲酯、N,N-二甲基乳醯胺(Agnique AMD 3L)及二甲亞碸(DMSO)。In some embodiments of the method, one or more solvents of the solvent system are selected from the group consisting of: N,N-dimethylbenzamide, N,N-dimethylphenylacetamide, 1,4-benzoquinone, acetophenone, dimethyl terephthalate, 1,3,5-trimethoxybenzene, 2-phenylacetophenone, N-methylcaprolactam, methyl benzoate, methyl-4-methoxybenzoate, butyl carbonate, propylene-glycol-dibenzoate, N-ethyl pyrrolidone, benzophenone, benzhydryl malonate, N-ethyl-caprolactam, 2-(5-hydroxytetrahydrofuran-3-yl)acetate methyl ester (FAME), propiophenone, N-methoxypropyl-pyrrolidone, 1,4-cyclohexanedione, cyclohexane-carbonate, N-methoxyethyl-pyrrolidone, N,N-diethylphenylacetamide, phenyl acetate, 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidone-2-one acetate (HEPAc), N,N-diethylbenzamide, isopropyl-benzoate, cyclohexylphenyl ketone, ethyl phenylacetate, phenylacetate, N-methyl-phenoxy, benzyl-propionate, benzyl acetate, neopentyl-diol-dibenzoate, tetrahydrofuran acetate, N-methyl-imidazole, benzyl butyrate, 2-pyrrolidone, 2-phenoxyethanol propionate, 2-phenoxyethyl isobutyrate, N,N-dipropylbenzamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-diethylacetamide, dihydro-levoglucosone (Cyrene), propyl carbonate, caprolactone, dimethyl isosorbide, N-butylpyrrolidone, tert-butylpyrrolidone, methyl-1-methyl-5-hydroxypyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (MMOC), γ-valerolactone (GVL), δ-valerolactone, γ-butyrolactone, methyl 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methyl-5-hydroxypentanoate (Rhodiasolv Polarclean), caprolactamide, ethyl phenylacetate, methyl phenylacetate, benzyl benzoate, N,N-dimethyllactamide (Agnique AMD 3L), and dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO).

在該方法之一些實施例中,溶劑系統之一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:二氫左旋葡萄糖酮(Cyrene)、碳酸伸丙酯、己內酯、二甲基異山梨醇、N-丁基吡咯啶酮、三級丁基吡咯啶酮、甲基-1-甲基-5-側氧基吡咯啶-3-甲酸酯(MMOC)、γ-戊內酯(GVL)、δ-戊內酯、γ丁內酯、5-(二甲基胺基)-2-甲基-5-側氧基戊酸甲酯(Rhodiasolv®Polarclean)、己內醯胺、乙酸苯乙酯、苯基乙酸甲酯、苯甲酸苯甲酯、苯甲酸苯酯、苯甲酸甲酯、苯甲酸丙酯及二甲亞碸(DMSO)。In some embodiments of the method, one or more solvents of the solvent system are selected from the group consisting of dihydrolevorotatory glucosone (Cyrene), propyl carbonate, caprolactone, dimethyl isosorbide, N-butylpyrrolidone, tert-butylpyrrolidone, methyl-1-methyl-5-hydroxypyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (MMOC), γ-valerolactone (GVL), δ-valerolactone, γ-butyrolactone, 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methyl-5-hydroxypentanoic acid methyl ester (Rhodiasolv® Polarclean), caprolactam, phenethyl acetate, methyl phenyl acetate, benzyl benzoate, phenyl benzoate, methyl benzoate, propyl benzoate and dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).

在該方法之一些實施例中,溶劑系統之一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:碳酸伸丙酯、N-丁基吡咯啶酮、三級丁基吡咯啶酮、甲基-1-甲基-5-側氧基吡咯啶-3-甲酸酯(MMOC)、δ-戊內酯、γ丁內酯、5-(二甲基胺基)-2-甲基-5-側氧基戊酸甲酯(Rhodiasolv®Polarclean)、己內醯胺、乙酸苯乙酯、苯基乙酸甲酯、苯甲酸苯甲酯、苯甲酸苯酯、苯甲酸甲酯、苯甲酸丙酯及GVL。In some embodiments of the method, one or more solvents of the solvent system are selected from the group consisting of propyl carbonate, N-butylpyrrolidone, tert-butylpyrrolidone, methyl-1-methyl-5-oxopentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (MMOC), delta-valerolactone, gamma-butyrolactone, methyl 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methyl-5-oxopentylvalerate (Rhodiasolv® Polarclean), caprolactam, phenethyl acetate, methyl phenylacetate, benzyl benzoate, phenyl benzoate, methyl benzoate, propyl benzoate, and GVL.

在該方法之一些實施例中,溶劑系統之一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:碳酸伸丙酯、N-丁基吡咯啶酮、三級丁基吡咯啶酮、甲基-1-甲基-5-側氧基吡咯啶-3-甲酸酯(MMOC)、δ-戊內酯、γ丁內酯、5-(二甲基胺基)-2-甲基-5-側氧基戊酸甲酯(Rhodiasolv®Polarclean)、己內醯胺、乙酸苯乙酯、苯基乙酸甲酯、苯甲酸苯甲酯、苯甲酸苯酯、苯甲酸甲酯及苯甲酸丙酯。In some embodiments of the method, one or more solvents of the solvent system are selected from the group consisting of propyl carbonate, N-butylpyrrolidone, tert-butylpyrrolidone, methyl-1-methyl-5-oxopentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (MMOC), delta-valerolactone, gamma-butyrolactone, methyl 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methyl-5-oxopentylvalerate (Rhodiasolv® Polarclean), caprolactam, phenethyl acetate, methyl phenylacetate, benzyl benzoate, phenyl benzoate, methyl benzoate, and propyl benzoate.

在該方法之一些實施例中,溶劑系統之一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:碳酸伸丙酯、N-丁基吡咯啶酮、三級丁基吡咯啶酮、甲基-1-甲基-5-側氧基吡咯啶-3-甲酸酯(MMOC)、5-(二甲基胺基)-2-甲基-5-側氧基戊酸甲酯(Rhodiasolv®Polarclean)、乙酸苯乙酯及GVL。In some embodiments of the method, one or more solvents of the solvent system are selected from the group consisting of propyl carbonate, N-butylpyrrolidone, tert-butylpyrrolidone, methyl-1-methyl-5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (MMOC), methyl 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methyl-5-oxopentanoate (Rhodiasolv® Polarclean), phenethyl acetate, and GVL.

在該方法之一些實施例中,溶劑系統之一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:碳酸伸丙酯、N-丁基吡咯啶酮、三級丁基吡咯啶酮、甲基-1-甲基-5-側氧基吡咯啶-3-甲酸酯(MMOC)、5-(二甲基胺基)-2-甲基-5-側氧基戊酸甲酯(Rhodiasolv®Polarclean)及乙酸苯乙酯。In some embodiments of the method, one or more solvents of the solvent system are selected from the group consisting of propyl carbonate, N-butylpyrrolidone, tert-butylpyrrolidone, methyl-1-methyl-5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (MMOC), methyl 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methyl-5-oxopentanoate (Rhodiasolv® Polarclean), and phenethyl acetate.

在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:γ戊內酯(GVL)、N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮、二甲亞碸(DMSO)、二氫左旋葡萄糖酮(Cyrene)、環己酮及其兩者或更多者之混合物。在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:γ戊內酯(GVL)、N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮、二甲亞碸(DMSO)、二氫左旋葡萄糖酮(Cyrene)及其兩者或更多者之混合物。在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:γ戊內酯(GVL)、N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮、二甲亞碸(DMSO)及其兩者或更多者之混合物。在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:γ戊內酯(GVL)、N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮及其兩者或更多者之混合物。在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:γ戊內酯(GVL)、N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、苯乙酮及其兩者或更多者之混合物。在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:γ戊內酯(GVL)、N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)以及GVL及NBP之混合物。In some embodiments of the method, one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of: gamma valerolactone (GVL), N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), propyl carbonate, acetophenone, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), dihydro-levoglucose ketone (Cyrene), cyclohexanone, and mixtures of two or more thereof. In some embodiments of the method, one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of: gamma valerolactone (GVL), N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), propyl carbonate, acetophenone, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), dihydro-levoglucose ketone (Cyrene), and mixtures of two or more thereof. In some embodiments of the method, the one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of gamma valerolactone (GVL), N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), propyl carbonate, acetophenone, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), and mixtures of two or more thereof. In some embodiments of the method, the one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of gamma valerolactone (GVL), N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), propyl carbonate, acetophenone, and mixtures of two or more thereof. In some embodiments of the method, the one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of gamma valerolactone (GVL), N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), acetophenone, and mixtures of two or more thereof. In some embodiments of the method, the one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of gamma valerolactone (GVL), N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), and a mixture of GVL and NBP.

在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮、二甲亞碸(DMSO)、二氫左旋葡萄糖酮(Cyrene)、環己酮及其兩者或更多者之混合物。在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮、二甲亞碸(DMSO)、二氫左旋葡萄糖酮(Cyrene)及其兩者或更多者之混合物。在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮、二甲亞碸(DMSO)及其兩者或更多者之混合物。在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮及其兩者或更多者之混合物。在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、苯乙酮以及N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)及苯乙酮之混合物。In some embodiments of the method, one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of: N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), propyl carbonate, acetophenone, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), dihydro-levoglucose ketone (Cyrene), cyclohexanone, and mixtures of two or more thereof. In some embodiments of the method, one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of: N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), propyl carbonate, acetophenone, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), dihydro-levoglucose ketone (Cyrene), and mixtures of two or more thereof. In some embodiments of the method, one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of: N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), propyl carbonate, acetophenone, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), and mixtures of two or more thereof. In some embodiments of the method, the one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of: N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), propylene carbonate, acetophenone, and mixtures of two or more thereof. In some embodiments of the method, the one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of: N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), acetophenone, and mixtures of N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP) and acetophenone.

在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑至少包含N-丁基吡咯啶酮,以一或多種溶劑之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%之一或多種溶劑、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳至少99重量%、更佳至少99.5重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之一或多種溶劑為N-丁基吡咯啶酮,更佳地,該一種溶劑為N-丁基吡咯啶酮。在一些實施例中,(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在10至<170℃之範圍內,其中T較佳可在140至160℃之範圍內,更佳在150至160℃之範圍內,或(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在N-丁基吡咯啶酮之沸點以下101至81 K之範圍內,較佳在N-丁基吡咯啶酮之沸點以下91至81 K之範圍內。(b.1')中之接觸較佳在800至1200 hPa之範圍內的壓力下進行。較佳地,該方法在自生壓力下運行,其中自生壓力可比由在該方法運行時之溫度T下N-丁基吡咯啶酮之蒸汽壓力引起之周圍區域的環境壓力高。熟習此項技術者可根據N-丁基吡咯啶酮在某一溫度T下之蒸汽壓力曲線測定及/或調節該自生壓力。N-丁基吡咯啶酮之蒸汽壓力曲線為熟習此項技術者已知的。自生壓力可藉由吹掃(例如藉由吹掃閥)來降低,較佳降低至環境壓力與2000 hPa以下之間的壓力,較佳降低至1200 hPa與1800 hPa之間的壓力。自生壓力係由生產系統本身在封閉系統中引起之壓力,例如在800至3000 hPa之範圍內的壓力。In some embodiments of the method, the one or more solvents contain at least N-butylpyrrolidone, and based on the total weight of the one or more solvents as 100 weight%, preferably at least 90 weight% of the one or more solvents, more preferably at least 95 weight%, more preferably at least 98 weight%, more preferably at least 99 weight%, more preferably at least 99.5 weight%, and more preferably at least 99.9 weight% of the one or more solvents are N-butylpyrrolidone. More preferably, the one solvent is N-butylpyrrolidone. In some embodiments, the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 10 to <170°C, wherein T may preferably be in the range of 140 to 160°C, more preferably in the range of 150 to 160°C, or the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 101 to 81 K below the boiling point of N-butylpyrrolidone, preferably in the range of 91 to 81 K below the boiling point of N-butylpyrrolidone. The contacting in (b.1') is preferably carried out under a pressure in the range of 800 to 1200 hPa. Preferably, the process is run under autogenous pressure, wherein the autogenous pressure can be higher than the ambient pressure in the surrounding area caused by the vapor pressure of N-butylpyrrolidone at the temperature T at which the process is run. The person skilled in the art can determine and/or adjust the autogenous pressure based on the vapor pressure curve of N-butylpyrrolidone at a certain temperature T. The vapor pressure curve of N-butylpyrrolidone is known to the person skilled in the art. The autogenous pressure can be reduced by blowing (for example by means of a blow-off valve), preferably to a pressure between the ambient pressure and below 2000 hPa, preferably to a pressure between 1200 hPa and 1800 hPa. Autogenous pressure is the pressure caused by the production system itself in a closed system, for example in the range of 800 to 3000 hPa.

在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑至少包含碳酸伸丙酯,以一或多種溶劑之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%之一或多種溶劑、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳至少99重量%、更佳至少99.5重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之一或多種溶劑為碳酸伸丙酯,更佳地,該一種溶劑為碳酸伸丙酯。在一些實施例中,(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在10至<170℃之範圍內,其中T較佳可在140至160℃之範圍內,更佳在150至160℃之範圍內,或(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,其i可在碳酸伸丙酯之沸點以下102至82 K之範圍內,較佳在碳酸伸丙酯之沸點以下92至82 K之範圍內。(b.1')中之接觸較佳在800至1200 hPa之範圍內的壓力下進行。較佳地,該方法在自生壓力下運行,其中自生壓力可比由在該方法運行時之溫度T下碳酸伸丙酯之蒸汽壓力引起之周圍區域的環境壓力高。熟習此項技術者可根據碳酸伸丙酯在某一溫度T下之蒸汽壓力曲線測定及/或調節該自生壓力。碳酸伸丙酯之蒸汽壓力曲線為熟習此項技術者已知的。自生壓力可藉由吹掃(例如藉由吹掃閥)來降低,較佳降低至環境壓力與2000 hPa以下之間的壓力,較佳降低至1200 hPa與1800 hPa之間的壓力。自生壓力係由生產系統本身在封閉系統中引起之壓力,例如在800至3000 hPa之範圍內的壓力。In some embodiments of the method, the one or more solvents comprise at least propylene carbonate. Based on the total weight of the one or more solvents as 100 weight %, preferably at least 90 weight % of the one or more solvents, more preferably at least 95 weight %, more preferably at least 98 weight %, more preferably at least 99 weight %, more preferably at least 99.5 weight %, more preferably at least 99.9 weight % of the one or more solvents are propylene carbonate. More preferably, the one solvent is propylene carbonate. In some embodiments, the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 10 to <170°C, wherein T may preferably be in the range of 140 to 160°C, more preferably in the range of 150 to 160°C, or the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 102 to 82 K below the boiling point of propylene carbonate, preferably in the range of 92 to 82 K below the boiling point of propylene carbonate. The contacting in (b.1') is preferably carried out under a pressure in the range of 800 to 1200 hPa. Preferably, the process is run under autogenous pressure, wherein the autogenous pressure can be higher than the ambient pressure of the surrounding area caused by the vapor pressure of propylene carbonate at the temperature T at which the process is run. The person skilled in the art can determine and/or adjust the autogenous pressure based on the vapor pressure curve of propylene carbonate at a certain temperature T. The vapor pressure curve of propylene carbonate is known to the person skilled in the art. The autogenous pressure can be reduced by blowing (for example by means of a blow-off valve), preferably to a pressure between the ambient pressure and below 2000 hPa, preferably to a pressure between 1200 hPa and 1800 hPa. Autogenous pressure is the pressure caused by the production system itself in a closed system, for example in the range of 800 to 3000 hPa.

在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑至少包含苯乙酮,以一或多種溶劑之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%之一或多種溶劑、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳至少99重量%、更佳至少99.5重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之一或多種溶劑為苯乙酮,更佳地,該一種溶劑為苯乙酮。在一些實施例中,(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在10至<170℃之範圍內,其中T較佳可在140至160℃之範圍內,更佳在150至160℃之範圍內,或(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在苯乙酮之沸點以下62至42 K之範圍內,較佳在苯乙酮之沸點以下52至42 K之範圍內。(b.1')中之接觸較佳在800至1200 hPa之範圍內的壓力下進行。較佳地,該方法在自生壓力下運行,其中自生壓力可比由在該方法運行時之溫度T下苯乙酮之蒸汽壓力引起之周圍區域的環境壓力高。熟習此項技術者可根據苯乙酮在某一溫度T下之蒸汽壓力曲線測定及/或調節該自生壓力。苯乙酮之蒸汽壓力曲線為熟習此項技術者已知的。自生壓力可藉由吹掃(例如藉由吹掃閥)來降低,較佳降低至環境壓力與2000 hPa以下之間的壓力,較佳降低至1200 hPa與1800 hPa之間的壓力。自生壓力係由生產系統本身在封閉系統中引起之壓力,例如在800至3000 hPa之範圍內的壓力。In some embodiments of the method, the one or more solvents contain at least acetophenone. Based on the total weight of the one or more solvents as 100 weight %, preferably at least 90 weight %, more preferably at least 95 weight %, more preferably at least 98 weight %, more preferably at least 99 weight %, more preferably at least 99.5 weight %, more preferably at least 99.9 weight % of the one or more solvents are acetophenone. More preferably, the one solvent is acetophenone. In some embodiments, the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 10 to <170°C, wherein T may preferably be in the range of 140 to 160°C, more preferably in the range of 150 to 160°C, or the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 62 to 42 K below the boiling point of acetophenone, preferably in the range of 52 to 42 K below the boiling point of acetophenone. The contacting in (b.1') is preferably carried out under a pressure in the range of 800 to 1200 hPa. Preferably, the process is run under autogenous pressure, wherein the autogenous pressure can be higher than the ambient pressure in the surrounding area caused by the vapor pressure of the acetophenone at the temperature T at which the process is run. The person skilled in the art can determine and/or adjust the autogenous pressure based on the vapor pressure curve of acetophenone at a certain temperature T. The vapor pressure curve of acetophenone is known to the person skilled in the art. The autogenous pressure can be reduced by blowing (for example by means of a blow-off valve), preferably to a pressure between the ambient pressure and below 2000 hPa, preferably to a pressure between 1200 hPa and 1800 hPa. Autogenous pressure is the pressure caused by the production system itself in a closed system, for example in the range of 800 to 3000 hPa.

在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑至少包含二甲亞碸(DMSO),以一或多種溶劑之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%之一或多種溶劑、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳至少99重量%、更佳至少99.5重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之一或多種溶劑為DMSO,更佳地,該一種溶劑為DMSO。在一些實施例中,(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在10至<170℃之範圍內,其中T較佳可在140至160℃之範圍內,更佳在150至160℃之範圍內,或(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在DMSO之沸點以下49至29 K之範圍內,較佳在DMSO之沸點以下39至29 K之範圍內。(b.1')中之接觸較佳在800至1200 hPa之範圍內的壓力下進行。較佳地,該方法在自生壓力下運行,其中自生壓力可比由在該方法運行時之溫度T下DMSO之蒸汽壓力引起之周圍區域的環境壓力高。熟習此項技術者可根據DMSO在某一溫度T下之蒸汽壓力曲線測定及/或調節該自生壓力。DMSO之蒸汽壓力曲線為熟習此項技術者已知的。自生壓力可藉由吹掃(例如藉由吹掃閥)來降低,較佳降低至環境壓力與2000 hPa以下之間的壓力,較佳降低至1200 hPa與1800 hPa之間的壓力。自生壓力係由生產系統本身在封閉系統中引起之壓力,例如在800至3000 hPa之範圍內的壓力。In some embodiments of the method, the one or more solvents comprise at least dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), and based on the total weight of the one or more solvents as 100 weight %, preferably at least 90 weight % of the one or more solvents, more preferably at least 95 weight %, more preferably at least 98 weight %, more preferably at least 99 weight %, more preferably at least 99.5 weight %, more preferably at least 99.9 weight % of the one or more solvents are DMSO, and more preferably, the one solvent is DMSO. In some embodiments, the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 10 to <170°C, wherein T may preferably be in the range of 140 to 160°C, more preferably in the range of 150 to 160°C, or the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 49 to 29 K below the boiling point of DMSO, preferably in the range of 39 to 29 K below the boiling point of DMSO. The contacting in (b.1') is preferably carried out under a pressure in the range of 800 to 1200 hPa. Preferably, the method is run under autogenous pressure, wherein the autogenous pressure can be higher than the ambient pressure in the surrounding area caused by the vapor pressure of DMSO at the temperature T at which the method is run. The person skilled in the art can determine and/or adjust the autogenous pressure based on the vapor pressure curve of DMSO at a certain temperature T. The vapor pressure curve of DMSO is known to the person skilled in the art. The autogenous pressure can be reduced by purge (for example by purge valve), preferably to a pressure between ambient pressure and below 2000 hPa, preferably to a pressure between 1200 hPa and 1800 hPa. Autogenous pressure is the pressure caused by the production system itself in a closed system, for example in the range of 800 to 3000 hPa.

在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑至少包含二氫左旋葡萄糖酮(Cyrene),以一或多種溶劑之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%之一或多種溶劑、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳至少99重量%、更佳至少99.5重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之一或多種溶劑為Cyrene,更佳地,該一種溶劑為Cyrene。在一些實施例中,(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在10至<170℃之範圍內,其中T較佳可在140至160℃之範圍內,更佳在150至160℃之範圍內,或(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在Cyrene之沸點以下86至66 K之範圍內,較佳在Cyrene之沸點以下76至66 K之範圍內。(b.1)或(b.2')中之接觸較佳在800至1200 hPa之範圍內的壓力下進行。較佳地,該方法在自生壓力下運行,其中自生壓力可比由在該方法運行時之溫度T下Cyrene之蒸汽壓力引起之周圍區域的環境壓力高。熟習此項技術者可根據Cyrene在某一溫度T下之蒸汽壓力曲線測定及/或調節該自生壓力。Cyrene之蒸汽壓力曲線為熟習此項技術者已知的。自生壓力可藉由吹掃(例如藉由吹掃閥)來降低,較佳降低至環境壓力與2000 hPa以下之間的壓力,較佳降低至1200 hPa與1800 hPa之間的壓力。自生壓力係由生產系統本身在封閉系統中引起之壓力,例如在800至3000 hPa之範圍內的壓力。In some embodiments of the method, one or more solvents at least comprise dihydrolevorotatory glucosone (Cyrene), and based on the total weight of the one or more solvents as 100 weight %, preferably at least 90 weight % of the one or more solvents, more preferably at least 95 weight %, more preferably at least 98 weight %, more preferably at least 99 weight %, more preferably at least 99.5 weight %, more preferably at least 99.9 weight % of the one or more solvents are Cyrene, and more preferably, the one solvent is Cyrene. In some embodiments, the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 10 to <170°C, wherein T may preferably be in the range of 140 to 160°C, more preferably in the range of 150 to 160°C, or the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 86 to 66 K below the boiling point of Cyrene, preferably in the range of 76 to 66 K below the boiling point of Cyrene. The contacting in (b.1) or (b.2') is preferably carried out under a pressure in the range of 800 to 1200 hPa. Preferably, the process is run under autogenous pressure, wherein the autogenous pressure may be higher than the ambient pressure of the surrounding area caused by the vapor pressure of Cyrene at the temperature T at which the process is run. The autogenous pressure can be determined and/or adjusted by a person skilled in the art based on the vapor pressure curve of Cyrene at a certain temperature T. The vapor pressure curve of Cyrene is known to a person skilled in the art. The autogenous pressure can be reduced by blowing (e.g. by means of a blow-off valve), preferably to a pressure between the ambient pressure and below 2000 hPa, preferably to a pressure between 1200 hPa and 1800 hPa. Autogenous pressure is the pressure caused by the production system itself in a closed system, for example in the range of 800 to 3000 hPa.

在該方法之一些實施例中,一或多種溶劑至少包含環己酮,以一或多種溶劑之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%之一或多種溶劑、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳至少99重量%、更佳至少99.5重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之一或多種溶劑為環己酮,更佳地,該一種溶劑為環己酮。在一些實施例中,(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在10至<170℃之範圍內,其中T較佳可在140至155℃之範圍內,更佳在145至150℃之範圍內,或(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在環己酮之沸點以下16至1 K之範圍內,較佳在環己酮之沸點以下11至6 K之範圍內。(b.1')中之接觸較佳在800至1200 hPa之範圍內的壓力下進行。較佳地,該方法在自生壓力下運行,其中自生壓力可比由在該方法運行時之溫度T下環己酮之蒸汽壓力引起之周圍區域的環境壓力高。熟習此項技術者可根據環己酮在某一溫度T下之蒸汽壓力曲線測定及/或調節該自生壓力。環己酮之蒸汽壓力曲線為熟習此項技術者已知的。自生壓力可藉由吹掃(例如藉由吹掃閥)來降低,較佳降低至環境壓力與2000 hPa以下之間的壓力,較佳降低至1200 hPa與1800 hPa之間的壓力。自生壓力係由生產系統本身在封閉系統中引起之壓力,例如在800至3000 hPa之範圍內的壓力。In some embodiments of the method, the one or more solvents contain at least cyclohexanone, and based on the total weight of the one or more solvents as 100 weight %, preferably at least 90 weight % of the one or more solvents, more preferably at least 95 weight %, more preferably at least 98 weight %, more preferably at least 99 weight %, more preferably at least 99.5 weight %, more preferably at least 99.9 weight % of the one or more solvents are cyclohexanone, and more preferably, the one solvent is cyclohexanone. In some embodiments, the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 10 to <170°C, wherein T is preferably in the range of 140 to 155°C, more preferably in the range of 145 to 150°C, or the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 16 to 1 K below the boiling point of cyclohexanone, preferably in the range of 11 to 6 K below the boiling point of cyclohexanone. The contacting in (b.1') is preferably carried out under a pressure in the range of 800 to 1200 hPa. Preferably, the method is operated under autogenous pressure, wherein the autogenous pressure can be higher than the ambient pressure of the surrounding area caused by the vapor pressure of cyclohexanone at the temperature T when the method is operated. The person skilled in the art can determine and/or adjust the autogenous pressure based on the vapor pressure curve of cyclohexanone at a certain temperature T. The vapor pressure curve of cyclohexanone is known to the person skilled in the art. The autogenous pressure can be reduced by blowing (for example by a blow-off valve), preferably to a pressure between the ambient pressure and below 2000 hPa, preferably to a pressure between 1200 hPa and 1800 hPa. Autogenous pressure is the pressure caused by the production system itself in a closed system, for example in the range of 800 to 3000 hPa.

在該方法之一些實施例中,不包括苯甲酸乙酯及苯甲酸丁酯作為一或多種溶劑。In some embodiments of the method, ethyl benzoate and butyl benzoate are excluded as one or more solvents.

在該方法之一些實施例中,溶劑系統包含GVL,其中以溶劑系統之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳99至100重量%之範圍內的溶劑系統係由GVL組成。在此等實施例中,(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在10至<170℃之範圍內,其中T較佳可在140至160℃之範圍內,更佳在150至160℃之範圍內,或(b.1')中之接觸在溫度T下進行,該溫度T可在GVL之沸點以下65至45 K之範圍內,較佳在GVL之沸點以下55至45 K之範圍內。(b.1')中之接觸較佳在800至1200 hPa之範圍內的壓力下進行。較佳地,該方法在自生壓力下運行,其中自生壓力可比由在該方法運行時之溫度T下GVL之蒸汽壓力引起之周圍區域的環境壓力高。熟習此項技術者可根據GVL在某一溫度T下之蒸汽壓力曲線測定及/或調節該自生壓力。GVL之蒸汽壓力曲線為熟習此項技術者已知的。自生壓力可藉由吹掃(例如藉由吹掃閥)來降低,較佳降低至環境壓力與2000 hPa以下之間的壓力,較佳降低至1200 hPa與1800 hPa之間的壓力。自生壓力係由生產系統本身在封閉系統中引起之壓力,例如在800至3000 hPa之範圍內的壓力。 In some embodiments of the method, the solvent system comprises GVL, wherein preferably at least 90 wt%, more preferably at least 95 wt%, more preferably at least 98 wt%, more preferably in the range of 99 to 100 wt% of the solvent system is composed of GVL, based on the total weight of the solvent system as 100 wt%. In these embodiments, the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 10 to <170°C, wherein T may preferably be in the range of 140 to 160°C, more preferably in the range of 150 to 160°C, or the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T, which may be in the range of 65 to 45 K below the boiling point of GVL, preferably in the range of 55 to 45 K below the boiling point of GVL. The contacting in (b.1') is preferably carried out at a pressure in the range of 800 to 1200 hPa. Preferably, the process is operated under autogenous pressure, wherein the autogenous pressure can be higher than the ambient pressure in the surrounding area caused by the steam pressure of the GVL at the temperature T at which the process is operated. The person skilled in the art can determine and/or adjust the autogenous pressure based on the steam pressure curve of the GVL at a certain temperature T. The steam pressure curve of the GVL is known to the person skilled in the art. The autogenous pressure can be reduced by blowing (e.g. by means of a blow-off valve), preferably to a pressure between the ambient pressure and below 2000 hPa, preferably to a pressure between 1200 hPa and 1800 hPa. The autogenous pressure is the pressure caused by the production system itself in a closed system, e.g. in the range of 800 to 3000 hPa.

較佳地,(b)中所獲得之著色劑減少之聚合材料的基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物的數目平均分子量Mn大於或至少等於包含於(a)中提供之聚合材料中的基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物的Mn。較佳地,(b)中所獲得之著色劑減少之聚合材料的基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物的分散度Mw/Mn (質量平均分子量Mw除以數目平均分子量Mn)在包含於(a)中提供之聚合材料(100%)中的基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物的分散度Mw/Mn的70至95%之範圍內、較佳在75至90%之範圍內。Preferably, the number average molecular weight Mn of the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer of the colorant-reduced polymeric material obtained in (b) is greater than or at least equal to the Mn of the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer contained in the polymeric material provided in (a). Preferably, the dispersity Mw/Mn (mass average molecular weight Mw divided by the number average molecular weight Mn) of the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer of the colorant-reduced polymeric material obtained in (b) is in the range of 70 to 95%, preferably in the range of 75 to 90%, of the dispersity Mw/Mn of the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer contained in the polymeric material (100%) provided in (a).

( c ) 中之解聚合在該方法之一些實施例中,(c)之解聚合係藉由選自由以下組成之群的方法進行:醇解、醣解、水解、胺解、氨解及此等方法中之兩者或更多者之混合物。 Depolymerization in ( c ) In some embodiments of the method, the depolymerization in (c) is carried out by a method selected from the group consisting of alcoholysis, glycolysis, hydrolysis, aminolysis, aminolysis and a mixture of two or more of these methods.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(c)之解聚合係藉由醇解進行,其中(c)包含使(b)中所獲得之著色劑減少之聚合材料與C 1至C 4烷基單醇接觸,藉此獲得對苯二甲酸二(C1至C 4烷基)酯及/或間苯二甲酸二(C1至C 4烷基)酯以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇及/或丁二醇。 In some embodiments of the method, the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by alcoholysis, wherein (c) comprises contacting the colorant-reduced polymerized material obtained in (b) with a C1 to C4 alkyl monoalcohol to obtain di(C1 to C4 alkyl) terephthalate and/or di(C1 to C4 alkyl) isophthalate and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol and/or butanediol.

在該方法之一些實施例中,C 1至C 4烷基單醇為甲醇,其中獲得對苯二甲酸二甲酯及/或間苯二甲酸二甲酯以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇及/或丁二醇。 In some embodiments of the process, the C1 to C4 alkyl monoalcohol is methanol, wherein dimethyl terephthalate and/or dimethyl isophthalate and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol and/or butanediol are obtained.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(c)之解聚合係藉由醣解進行,其中(c)包含使(b)中所獲得之著色劑減少之聚合材料與C 1至C 6烷基二醇接觸,藉此獲得對苯二甲酸雙(羥基C 1至C 6烷基)酯及/或間苯二甲酸雙(羥基C 1至C 6烷基)酯以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇及/或丁二醇。 In some embodiments of the method, the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by glycolysis, wherein (c) comprises contacting the colorant-reduced polymerized material obtained in (b) with a C1 to C6 alkyl diol to obtain bis(hydroxy C1 to C6 alkyl) terephthalate and/or bis(hydroxy C1 to C6 alkyl) isophthalate and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol and/or butanediol.

在該方法之一些實施例中,C 1至C 6烷基二醇為乙二醇,其中獲得對苯二甲酸雙(羥基乙烯)酯及/或間苯二甲酸雙(羥基乙烯)酯及/或間苯二甲酸雙(羥基C 1至C 6烷基)酯以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇及/或丁二醇。 In some embodiments of the method, the C1 to C6 alkyl diol is ethylene glycol, wherein bis(hydroxyethylene)terephthalate and/or bis(hydroxyethylene)isophthalate and/or bis(hydroxyC1 to C6 alkyl )isophthalate and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol and/or butanediol are obtained.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(c)之解聚合係藉由水解進行,其中(c)包含使(b)中所獲得之著色劑減少之聚合材料與水接觸,藉此獲得對苯二甲酸(TPA)及/或間苯二甲酸以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇及/或丁二醇。In some embodiments of the method, the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by hydrolysis, wherein (c) comprises contacting the colorant-reduced polymerized material obtained in (b) with water, thereby obtaining terephthalic acid (TPA) and/or isophthalic acid and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol and/or butanediol.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(c)之解聚合係藉由鹼性水解進行。In some embodiments of the method, the depolymerization of (c) is performed by alkaline hydrolysis.

在該方法之一些實施例中,水解係藉由酶催化之水解進行,其中(c)包含在酶存在下使(b)中所獲得之著色劑減少之聚合材料與水接觸,藉此獲得對苯二甲酸(TPA)及/或間苯二甲酸以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇及/或丁二醇。In some embodiments of the method, the hydrolysis is carried out by enzyme-catalyzed hydrolysis, wherein (c) comprises contacting the colorant-reduced polymeric material obtained in (b) with water in the presence of an enzyme, thereby obtaining terephthalic acid (TPA) and/or isophthalic acid and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol and/or butanediol.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(c)之解聚合係藉由在30×10 3至120×10 3hPa之範圍內的壓力下水解進行。 In some embodiments of the method, the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by hydrolysis at a pressure in the range of 30×10 3 to 120×10 3 hPa.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(c)之解聚合係藉由水解進行,其中(c)包含: (c.1) 製備該著色劑減少之聚合材料的熔體,藉此獲得該著色劑減少之聚合材料的熔體; (c.2) 使(c.1)中所獲得之該聚合材料的熔體與鹼,較佳基於鹼金屬之無機鹼,更佳氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀或氫氧化鈉與氫氧化鉀之混合物接觸,藉此獲得含鹼之熔體; (c.3) 使(c.2)中所獲得之該含鹼之熔體與水接觸,藉此獲得對苯二甲酸酯(具有相應的鹼金屬陽離子)及/或間苯二甲酸酯(具有相應的鹼金屬陽離子)以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇及/或丁二醇。 In some embodiments of the method, the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by hydrolysis, wherein (c) comprises: (c.1) preparing a melt of the colorant-reduced polymer material, thereby obtaining a melt of the colorant-reduced polymer material; (c.2) contacting the melt of the polymer material obtained in (c.1) with an alkali, preferably an inorganic alkali based on an alkali metal, more preferably sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or a mixture of sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, thereby obtaining an alkaline melt; (c.3) The alkaline melt obtained in (c.2) is brought into contact with water to obtain terephthalate (with corresponding alkali metal cations) and/or isophthalate (with corresponding alkali metal cations) and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol and/or butanediol.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(c)之解聚合係藉由胺解進行,其中(c)包含使(b)中所獲得之著色劑減少之聚合材料與單烷基胺R 1R 2NH 2接觸,其中R 1為C 1至C 4烷基,且R 2係選自氫原子及C 1至C 4烷基;藉此獲得R 1R 2NC(=O)-苯基-C(=O)NR 2R 1,其中苯環處之取代基處於對位或間位,以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇。 In some embodiments of the method, the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by aminolysis, wherein (c) comprises contacting the colorant-reduced polymerized material obtained in (b) with a monoalkylamine R1R2NH2 , wherein R1 is a C1 to C4 alkyl group , and R2 is selected from a hydrogen atom and a C1 to C4 alkyl group; thereby obtaining R1R2NC (=O)-phenyl-C(=O ) NR2R1 , wherein the substituent at the phenyl ring is in the para or meta position, and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol.

在該方法之一些實施例中,(c)之解聚合係藉由氨解進行,其中(c)包含使(b)中所獲得之著色劑減少之聚合材料與氨(NH 3)接觸,藉此獲得H 2NC(=O)-苯基-C(=O)NH 2,其中苯環處之取代基處於對位或間位,以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇;其中氨以無溶劑形式提供或溶解於溶劑中,其中溶劑較佳為甘油、二醇(較佳C 1至C 6烷基二醇)、醇(較佳C 1至C 4烷基單醇)中之一或多者。 In some embodiments of the method, the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by aminolysis, wherein (c) comprises contacting the colorant-reduced polymerized material obtained in (b) with ammonia (NH 3 ) to obtain H 2 NC(═O)-phenyl-C(═O)NH 2 , wherein the substituent at the phenyl ring is in the para- or meta-position, and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol; wherein the ammonia is provided in a solvent-free form or dissolved in a solvent, wherein the solvent is preferably one or more of glycerol, a diol (preferably a C 1 to C 6 alkyl diol), an alcohol (preferably a C 1 to C 4 alkyl monoalcohol).

( c ) 之轉酯化在該方法之一些實施例中,(c)之轉酯化係藉由與醇之酸或鹼催化反應進行,其中「酸」包含路易斯酸(Lewis acid)及布朗斯台德酸(Brönsted acid),且「鹼」包含路易斯鹼(Lewis base)及布朗斯台德鹼(Brönsted base),如熟習此項技術者已知的。 Transesterification of ( c ) In some embodiments of the method, the transesterification of (c) is carried out by an acid- or base-catalyzed reaction with an alcohol, wherein "acid" includes Lewis acid and Brönsted acid, and "base" includes Lewis base and Brönsted base, as known to those skilled in the art.

在該方法之一些實施例中,使用一或多種含有金屬陽離子之催化劑,其中金屬較佳為鈦或錫。In some embodiments of the method, one or more catalysts containing metal cations are used, wherein the metal is preferably titanium or tin.

在該方法之一些實施例中,醇為R 3-OH,其中R 3為直鏈或分支鏈C 2至C 12烷基殘基。 In some embodiments of the method, the alcohol is R 3 —OH, wherein R 3 is a linear or branched C 2 to C 12 alkyl residue.

在一些實施例中,轉酯化產物為對苯二甲酸二(C 2至C 12烷基)酯及/或間苯二甲酸二(C 2至C 12烷基)酯以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇。 In some embodiments, the transesterification product is di( C2 to C12 alkyl) terephthalate and/or di( C2 to C12 alkyl) isophthalate and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol.

在該方法之一些實施例中,醇係選自由以下組成之群:2-丙基庚醇、2-乙基己醇、異丙醇、異壬醇、戊醇、丁醇、此等醇之異構物及其兩者或更多者之混合物。In some embodiments of the method, the alcohol is selected from the group consisting of 2-propylheptanol, 2-ethylhexanol, isopropanol, isononanol, pentanol, butanol, isomers of these alcohols, and mixtures of two or more thereof.

用於上文所描述之反應類型之反應條件、催化劑等為熟習此項技術者所熟知的;參考例如Raheem等人, Journal of Cleaner Production 225 (2019) 1052e1064、Paszun等人, Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 1997, 36, 1373及Barnard等人, Green Chem., 2021, 23, 3765-3789。Reaction conditions, catalysts, etc. used for the types of reactions described above are well known to those skilled in the art; see, for example, Raheem et al., Journal of Cleaner Production 225 (2019) 1052e1064, Paszun et al., Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 1997, 36, 1373, and Barnard et al., Green Chem., 2021, 23, 3765-3789.

基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物「基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物」係由氧乙烯單元或氧丁烯單元及氧對苯二甲醯基單元組成,其中在氧乙烯單元之情況下,在0至5莫耳%之範圍內的氧對苯二甲醯基單元經氧間苯二甲醯基單元置換,及/或在0至49莫耳%之範圍內的氧乙烯單元經氧亞甲基環己烯亞甲基單元置換。 Polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymers "Polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymers" are composed of oxyethylene units or oxybutylene units and oxyterephthalyl units, wherein in the case of oxyethylene units, the oxyterephthalyl units are replaced by oxyisophthalyl units in the range of 0 to 5 mol % and/or the oxyethylene units are replaced by oxymethylenecyclohexenemethylene units in the range of 0 to 49 mol %.

較佳地,基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物係選自由以下組成之群:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚(對苯二甲酸乙二酯-共-1,4-環己烯二亞甲基對苯二甲酸酯) (PETG)、聚(對苯二甲酸乙二酯-共-間苯二甲酸乙二酯) (PETI)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)及此等聚合物中之兩者或三者之混合物,或基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物係選自由以下組成之群:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚(對苯二甲酸乙二酯-共-間苯二甲酸乙二酯) (PETI)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)及此等聚合物中之兩者或三者之混合物。Preferably, the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), poly(ethylene terephthalate-co-1,4-cyclohexylene dimethylene terephthalate) (PETG), poly(ethylene terephthalate-co-ethylene isophthalate) (PETI), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) and a mixture of two or three of these polymers, or the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), poly(ethylene terephthalate-co-ethylene isophthalate) (PETI), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) and a mixture of two or three of these polymers.

在一些實施例中,基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物,以基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物之總重量為100重量%計,包含至少80重量%、更佳至少85重量%、更佳至少90重量%、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少96重量%、更佳至少97重量%之PET,及/或較佳地,及以基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物之總重量為100重量%計,包含至多20重量%、更佳至多15重量%、更佳至多10重量%、更佳至多5重量%、更佳至多4重量%、更佳至多3重量%、更佳至多2重量%、更佳至多1重量%之PETI。In some embodiments, the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer comprises at least 80 wt%, preferably at least 85 wt%, preferably at least 90 wt%, preferably at least 95 wt%, preferably at least 96 wt%, preferably at least 97 wt% of PET, based on the total weight of the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer being 100 wt%, and/or preferably, and based on the total weight of the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer being 100 wt%, comprises at most 20 wt%, preferably at most 15 wt%, preferably at most 10 wt%, preferably at most 5 wt%, preferably at most 4 wt%, preferably at most 3 wt%, preferably at most 2 wt%, preferably at most 1 wt% of PETI.

在一些實施例中,「基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物」包含或為基於1,4-丁二醇或1,2-乙二醇之聚酯,更佳為選自由以下組成之群的聚酯:基於1,4-丁二醇及對苯二甲酸之聚合物(聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯,PBT)、基於1,2-乙二醇及對苯二甲酸之聚合物(聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯,PET)、1,4-丁二醇、己二酸及對苯二甲酸之共聚物(聚對苯二甲酸己二酸丁二酯,PBAT)、1,2-乙二醇及2,5-呋喃二甲酸之聚合物(聚呋喃酸乙二酯,PEF)及此等(共)聚合物中之兩者或更多者之混合物。In some embodiments, the "polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer" includes or is a polyester based on 1,4-butanediol or 1,2-ethylene glycol, and is more preferably a polyester selected from the group consisting of a polymer based on 1,4-butanediol and terephthalic acid (polybutylene terephthalate, PBT), a polymer based on 1,2-ethylene glycol and terephthalic acid (polyethylene terephthalate, PET), a copolymer of 1,4-butanediol, adipic acid and terephthalic acid (polybutylene adipate terephthalate, PBAT), a polymer of 1,2-ethylene glycol and 2,5-furandicarboxylic acid (polyethylene furanoate, PEF), and a mixture of two or more of these (co)polymers.

更佳地,「基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物」至少包含PET及/或PBT,更佳地,聚酯為PET或PBT或PET與PBT之混合物。More preferably, the "polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer" comprises at least PET and/or PBT, and more preferably, the polyester is PET or PBT or a mixture of PET and PBT.

更佳地,基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物包含PET或為PET。More preferably, the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer comprises or is PET.

在該方法之一些實施例中,有色聚合材料來源於瓶及/或紡織品。在一些實施例中,有色聚合材料來源於諸如衣物之紡織品,其中在聚合材料經受根據本發明之方法之前,紡織品較佳經受分選過程。分選過程較佳包含一或多個NIR分選步驟,其中藉由近紅外(NIR)光譜學分析紡織品,且基於分析結果,基於其組成進行分選。因此,經受根據本發明之方法的聚合材料較佳為經預分選,更佳為經NIR預分選之紡織品。紡織品較佳經歷尺寸減小,更佳經歷剪切及/或撕碎步驟。因此,經受根據本發明之方法的聚合材料較佳為經預分選、更佳為經NIR預分選,及/或尺寸減小,更佳經剪切及/或撕碎之紡織品。在一些實施例中,經受根據本發明之方法的聚合材料較佳為經預分選,更佳為經NIR預分選,及/或尺寸減小,更佳經剪切及/或撕碎之紡織品,以聚合材料之總重量為100重量%計,其PA6之含量小於10重量%、更佳小於5重量%、更佳小於4重量%、更佳小於3重量%、更佳小於2重量%、更佳小於1重量%。降低紡織品中PA之含量可提供改良品質之所獲得之聚酯,尤其基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物。In some embodiments of the method, the colored polymeric material originates from bottles and/or textiles. In some embodiments, the colored polymeric material originates from textiles such as clothing, wherein the textiles are preferably subjected to a sorting process before the polymeric material is subjected to the method according to the present invention. The sorting process preferably comprises one or more NIR sorting steps, wherein the textiles are analyzed by near infrared (NIR) spectroscopy and, based on the results of the analysis, are sorted based on their composition. Therefore, the polymeric material subjected to the method according to the present invention is preferably pre-sorted, more preferably NIR pre-sorted textiles. The textiles are preferably subjected to size reduction, more preferably to shearing and/or shredding steps. Therefore, the polymeric material subjected to the method according to the present invention is preferably a pre-sorted, more preferably NIR pre-sorted, and/or size-reduced, more preferably sheared and/or shredded textile. In some embodiments, the polymeric material subjected to the method according to the present invention is preferably a pre-sorted, more preferably NIR pre-sorted, and/or size-reduced, more preferably sheared and/or shredded textile, and the content of PA6 is less than 10 wt%, more preferably less than 5 wt%, more preferably less than 4 wt%, more preferably less than 3 wt%, more preferably less than 2 wt%, more preferably less than 1 wt%, based on the total weight of the polymeric material as 100 wt%. Reducing the content of PA in the textile can provide improved quality of the obtained polyester, especially polymers based on polyalkylene terephthalate.

第二聚合物 ( iii )在該方法之一些實施例中,第二聚合物(iii)係選自由以下組成之群:聚丙烯(PP);聚乙烯(PE);聚醯胺(PA),較佳PA6及/或PA66;天然聚合物,較佳棉、黏膠纖維、亞麻及其兩者或更多者之混合物。 Second polymer ( iii ) In some embodiments of the method, the second polymer (iii) is selected from the group consisting of: polypropylene (PP); polyethylene (PE); polyamide (PA), preferably PA6 and/or PA66; natural polymers, preferably cotton, viscose, linen and mixtures of two or more thereof.

第三聚合物 ( iv )在該方法之一些實施例中,第三聚合物(iv)為彈性纖維。 Third polymer ( iv ) In some embodiments of the method, the third polymer (iv) is an elastic fiber.

在該方法之一些實施例中,彈性纖維包含一或多種基於聚胺基甲酸酯之彈性纖維及/或一或多種基於聚酯之彈性纖維,較佳由其組成,更佳地,彈性纖維包含一或多種基於聚胺基甲酸酯之彈性纖維,較佳由其組成,其中各自以彈性纖維之總重量為100重量%計,更佳至少40重量%、更佳至少45重量%、更佳至少50重量%、更佳至少55重量%、更佳至少60重量%、更佳至少65重量%、更佳至少70重量%、更佳至少75重量%、更佳至少80重量%、更佳至少85重量%、更佳至少90重量%、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之彈性纖維為一或多種基於聚胺基甲酸酯之彈性纖維。In some embodiments of the method, the elastic fiber comprises one or more polyurethane-based elastic fibers and/or one or more polyester-based elastic fibers, preferably consisting of them, more preferably, the elastic fiber comprises one or more polyurethane-based elastic fibers, preferably consisting of them, wherein each of the elastic fibers, based on the total weight of the elastic fiber as 100 weight%, preferably at least 40 weight%, more preferably at least 45 weight%. , preferably at least 50 wt %, better at least 55 wt %, better at least 60 wt %, better at least 65 wt %, better at least 70 wt %, better at least 75 wt %, better at least 80 wt %, better at least 85 wt %, better at least 90 wt %, better at least 95 wt %, better at least 99.9 wt % of the elastic fibers are one or more polyurethane-based elastic fibers.

一或多種基於聚胺基甲酸酯之彈性纖維較佳為基於聚胺基甲酸酯之(嵌段)共聚物。基於聚胺基甲酸酯之(嵌段)共聚物較佳為聚胺基甲酸酯及一或多種選自由以下組成之群的聚醚之(嵌段)共聚物:聚乙二醇、聚四氫呋喃、2-甲基-四氫呋喃及四氫呋喃之共聚物,以及3-甲基-四氫呋喃及四氫呋喃之共聚物,其中基於聚胺基甲酸酯之(嵌段)共聚物更佳為聚胺基甲酸酯及聚乙二醇之(嵌段)共聚物或聚胺基甲酸酯及聚四氫呋喃之(嵌段)共聚物,其中更佳地,在此等聚胺基甲酸酯之(嵌段)共聚物中之各者中,以(嵌段)共聚物之總重量為100重量%計,聚胺基甲酸酯含量為至少85重量%。表述「(嵌段)共聚物」意謂共聚物及嵌段共聚物,其中嵌段共聚物係較佳的。聚胺基甲酸酯與一或多種選自由以下組成之群的聚醚之(嵌段)共聚物:聚乙二醇、聚四氫呋喃、2-甲基-四氫呋喃及四氫呋喃之共聚物、3-甲基-四氫呋喃及四氫呋喃之共聚物,尤其當以(嵌段)共聚物之總重量為100重量%計,聚胺基甲酸酯含量為至少85重量%時,亦稱為通用名稱,諸如「彈性人造纖維」、「彈性纖維」、「氨綸(elastano)」、「氨綸(elastam)」「氨綸(elastaan)」或「彈力布」。品牌名稱亦包括「Lycra」、「Elaspan」、「Acepora」、「Creora」、「INVIYA」、「ROICA」、「Dorlastan」、「Linel」及「ESPA」。基於聚酯之彈性纖維較佳為聚(對苯二甲酸丙二醇酯) (PTT)共聚物,其中聚(對苯二甲酸丙二醇酯)共聚物更佳選自由2種或更多種反應物合成之共聚酯之群,各反應物具有兩個能夠形成酯基之官能基。舉例而言,聚(對苯二甲酸丙二醇酯)共聚物可藉由使1,3-丙二醇及對苯二甲酸以及視情況存在之一或多種選自由以下組成之群的共聚單體反應來製備:具有4至12個碳原子之直鏈脂族二羧酸、具有4至12個碳原子之環脂族二羧酸、具有4至12個碳原子之分支鏈脂族二羧酸(諸如丁二酸、戊二酸、己二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十二烷二酸、1,4-環己烷二甲酸或其酯形成等效物)、具有8至12個碳原子之除對苯二甲酸之外的芳族二羧酸(諸如鄰苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸或2,6-萘二甲酸);具有2至8個碳原子之除1,3-丙二醇之外的直鏈二醇、具有2至8個碳原子之環狀二醇及具有2至8個碳原子之分支鏈脂族二醇(諸如乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、己二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、2,2-二甲基-1,3-丙二醇、2-甲基-1,3-丙二醇、環己烷二甲醇或1,4-環己二醇)、具有4至10個碳原子之脂族醚二醇及具有4至10個碳原子之芳族醚二醇(諸如對苯二酚雙(2-羥基乙基)醚)。或者,聚(對苯二甲酸丙二醇酯)共聚物可由分子量低於460 g/mol之聚(乙烯醚)二醇(諸如二乙烯醚二醇、甲氧基聚伸烷基二醇、二乙二醇及聚乙二醇)製備。共聚單體以0.5至30莫耳%之範圍,較佳以0.5至20莫耳%之範圍存在於共聚物中。聚(對苯二甲酸丙二醇酯) (PTT)共聚物之通用名稱為「索羅娜(Sorona)」,其中在一些實施例中,索羅娜為1,3-丙二醇(較佳由形成獲得)及對苯二甲酸(TPA)或對苯二甲酸二甲酯(DMT)之共聚物,其中較佳20至50重量%之範圍內、更佳30至40重量%之範圍內的共聚物係基於1,3-丙二醇,更佳自可再生資源獲得之1,3-丙二醇。The one or more polyurethane-based elastic fibers are preferably polyurethane-based (block) copolymers. The (block) copolymer based on polyurethane is preferably a (block) copolymer of polyurethane and one or more polyethers selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol, polytetrahydrofuran, copolymers of 2-methyltetrahydrofuran and tetrahydrofuran, and copolymers of 3-methyltetrahydrofuran and tetrahydrofuran, wherein the (block) copolymer based on polyurethane is more preferably a (block) copolymer of polyurethane and polyethylene glycol or a (block) copolymer of polyurethane and polytetrahydrofuran, wherein more preferably, in each of these (block) copolymers of polyurethane, the polyurethane content is at least 85% by weight, based on 100% by weight of the total weight of the (block) copolymer. The expression "(block) copolymer" means copolymers and block copolymers, wherein block copolymers are preferred. (Block) copolymers of polyurethane and one or more polyethers selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol, polytetrahydrofuran, copolymers of 2-methyltetrahydrofuran and tetrahydrofuran, copolymers of 3-methyltetrahydrofuran and tetrahydrofuran, in particular when the polyurethane content is at least 85% by weight, based on the total weight of the (block) copolymer being 100% by weight, also known by common names such as "elastic rayon", "elastic fiber", "elastano", "elastam", "elastaan" or "spandex". Brand names also include "Lycra", "Elaspan", "Acepora", "Creora", "INVIYA", "ROICA", "Dorlastan", "Linel" and "ESPA". The polyester-based elastic fiber is preferably a poly(trimethylene terephthalate) (PTT) copolymer, wherein the poly(trimethylene terephthalate) copolymer is more preferably selected from the group of copolyesters synthesized from two or more reactants, each reactant having two functional groups capable of forming ester groups. For example, poly(trimethylene terephthalate) copolymers can be prepared by reacting 1,3-propylene glycol and terephthalic acid and, optionally, one or more comonomers selected from the group consisting of a linear aliphatic dicarboxylic acid having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic dicarboxylic acid having 4 to 12 carbon atoms (such as succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, dodecanedioic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid or their ester-forming equivalents), an aromatic dicarboxylic acid other than terephthalic acid having 8 to 12 carbon atoms (such as phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, dicarboxylic acid or 2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid); linear diols having 2 to 8 carbon atoms other than 1,3-propylene glycol, cyclic diols having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and branched aliphatic diols having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (such as ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, cyclohexanedimethanol or 1,4-cyclohexanediol), aliphatic ether diols having 4 to 10 carbon atoms, and aromatic ether diols having 4 to 10 carbon atoms (such as hydroquinone bis(2-hydroxyethyl) ether). Alternatively, poly(trimethylene terephthalate) copolymers can be prepared from poly(vinyl ether) glycols (such as divinyl ether glycol, methoxy polyalkylene glycol, diethylene glycol and polyethylene glycol) having a molecular weight below 460 g/mol. The comonomer is present in the copolymer in an amount ranging from 0.5 to 30 mol %, preferably in an amount ranging from 0.5 to 20 mol %. The common name of poly(trimethylene terephthalate) (PTT) copolymers is "Sorona", wherein in some embodiments, Sorona is a copolymer of 1,3-propylene glycol (preferably obtained by forming) and terephthalic acid (TPA) or dimethyl terephthalate (DMT), wherein preferably 20 to 50 wt. %, more preferably 30 to 40 wt. % of the copolymer is based on 1,3-propylene glycol, more preferably 1,3-propylene glycol obtained from renewable resources.

著色劑在該方法之一些實施例中,著色劑係選自由以下組成之群:染料及光學增亮劑以及染料及光學增亮劑之混合物。 Coloring Agents In some embodiments of the method, the coloring agent is selected from the group consisting of a dye and an optical brightener and a mixture of a dye and an optical brightener.

「著色劑」為引起材料顏色印象改變之物質。此包含吸收可見光之波長間隔(400至780 nm)之染料及透過UV光吸附及可見光發射(透過螢光)來放大材料之光發射的光學增亮劑,亦即光學增亮劑將人眼不可見(<400 nm)之輻射轉化成藍-紅光譜範圍(400至600 nm)之可見螢光輻射。可用於或用於改變聚合材料之顏色印象的著色劑為熟習此項技術者所已知的。在本發明之上下文中,術語「染料」意謂任何種類之染料,諸如染料、顏料、分散液,其中染料係例如選自由以下組成之群的一或多者:酸性染料、鹼性染料、直接染料、分散性染料、偶氮染料、食用染料、溶劑染料、有機染料、有機顏料、硫染料、媒染染料及還原染料。術語「光學增亮劑」包含光學增亮劑、螢光增亮劑及螢光增白劑。A "colorant" is a substance which causes a change in the color impression of a material. This includes dyes which absorb in the wavelength interval of visible light (400 to 780 nm) and optical brighteners which amplify the light emission of the material by UV light absorption and visible light emission (by fluorescence), i.e. optical brighteners convert radiation which is invisible to the human eye (<400 nm) into visible fluorescent radiation in the blue-red spectral range (400 to 600 nm). Colorants which can be used or are used to change the color impression of polymeric materials are known to those skilled in the art. In the context of the present invention, the term "dye" means any kind of dye, such as dyes, pigments, dispersions, wherein the dye is, for example, one or more selected from the group consisting of acid dyes, alkaline dyes, direct dyes, disperse dyes, azo dyes, food dyes, solvent dyes, organic dyes, organic pigments, sulfur dyes, mordant dyes and vat dyes. The term "optical brightener" includes optical brighteners, fluorescent brighteners and fluorescent whitening agents.

用於聚合材料之著色劑的概述可見於例如以下文獻中:「Dyes and Pigments」 Metin Açikyildiz, Kübra Günes, Ahmet Gürses Springer, 2016 (ISBN:10 :3319338900);Industrial Organic Pigments - Klaus Hunger, Thomas Heber, Martin U. Schmidt, Friedrich Reisinger, Stefan Wanne Wiley-VCH, 第4版, 2018 (ISBN:978-3-527-32608-2);Chemistry and Technology of Natural and Synthetic Dyes and Pigments - Ashis Kumar Samanta, Nasser Awwad, IntechOpen, 2020 (ISBN:9781789859980、9781789859973、9781839687587);Encyclopedia of Color, Dyes, Pigments - 第1卷, Gerhard Pfaff, de Gruyter, 2021 (ISBN:311058588X);Heinrich Zollinger: Color Chemistry : Syntheses , Properties , and Applications of Organic Dyes and Pigments. 第3版. WILEY-VCH Verlag, Weinheim 2003 (ISBN:3-906390-23-3);Klaus Hunger (編): Industrial Dyes : Chemistry , Properties , Applications. WILEY-VCH Verlag, Weinheim 2003 (ISBN:3-662-01950-7);Hermann Rath: Lehrbuch der Textilchemie. einschl. der textilchemischen Technologie. 第2版. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg 1963 (ISBN:978-3-662-00065-6);Wilfried Kratzert, Rasmus Peichert: Farbstoffe. Quelle & Meyer, Heidelberg 1981 (ISBN:3-494-01021-8);Ullmann's Encyclopedia of industrial chemistry, Wiley-VCH, 2000, 章節「dyes and pigments」及「dyes, general survey」 (ISBN:9783527303854)。 An overview of colorants for polymeric materials can be found, for example, in the following references: “Dyes and Pigments” Metin Açikyildiz, Kübra Günes, Ahmet Gürses Springer, 2016 (ISBN: 10 : 3319338900); Industrial Organic Pigments - Klaus Hunger, Thomas Heber, Martin U. Schmidt, Friedrich Reisinger, Stefan Wanne Wiley-VCH, 4th edition, 2018 (ISBN: 978-3-527-32608-2); Chemistry and Technology of Natural and Synthetic Dyes and Pigments - Ashis Kumar Samanta, Nasser Awwad, IntechOpen, 2020 (ISBN: 9781789859980, 9781789859973, 9781839687587); Encyclopedia of Color, Dyes, Pigments - Volume 1, Gerhard Pfaff, de Gruyter, 2021 (ISBN: 311058588X); Heinrich Zollinger: Color Chemistry : Syntheses , Properties , and Applications of Organic Dyes and Pigments . 3rd edition. WILEY-VCH Verlag, Weinheim 2003 (ISBN: 3-906390-23-3); Klaus Hunger (ed.): Industrial Dyes : Chemistry , Properties , Applications . WILEY-VCH Verlag, Weinheim 2003 (ISBN: 3-662-01950-7); Hermann Rath: Lehrbuch der Textilchemie . einschl. der textilchemischen Technologie. 2nd edition. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg 1963 (ISBN: 978-3-662-00065-6); Wilfried Kratzert, Rasmus Peichert: Farbstoffe . Quelle & Meyer, Heidelberg 1981 (ISBN: 3-494-01021-8); Ullmann's Encyclopedia of industrial chemistry, Wiley-VCH, 2000, chapters "dyes and pigments" and "dyes, general survey" (ISBN: 9783527303854).

在該方法之一些實施例中,關於所獲得之聚合材料著色劑減少意謂與(a)中提供之聚合材料相比著色劑減少之聚合材料之L*a*b*值,變化如下: a*之絕對值減小,較佳減小至少0.2;及/或,較佳及 b*之絕對值變化,較佳變化至少0.2;及/或,較佳及, L*值增加,較佳增加至少4, 各自與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料之L*a*b*值進行比較,其中L*a*b*值係根據DIN 5033及DIN EN ISO 11664-1.6測定。 In some embodiments of the method, the obtained polymer material with reduced colorant means that the L*a*b* value of the polymer material with reduced colorant compared to the polymer material provided in (a) changes as follows: The absolute value of a* decreases, preferably by at least 0.2; and/or, preferably and The absolute value of b* changes, preferably by at least 0.2; and/or, preferably and, The L* value increases, preferably by at least 4, Each is compared with the L*a*b* value of the colored polymer material provided in (a), wherein the L*a*b* value is determined according to DIN 5033 and DIN EN ISO 11664-1.6.

表述「不考慮顏色」意謂即使通常對各顏色之材料分別進行分析,上文給出之定義不僅適用於單色聚合材料,亦適用於具有複數種顏色之聚合材料及聚合材料片之混合物,其中各片皆有其自身的顏色或其自身的顏色混合。The expression "without regard to color" means that even though materials of each color are usually analyzed separately, the definition given above applies not only to single-color polymeric materials, but also to polymeric materials with multiple colors and mixtures of polymeric material sheets, each of which has its own color or its own mixture of colors.

上文基於定量的L*a*b*值表示之「著色劑減少」之情況亦可藉由眼睛視覺鑑別:(a)中提供之聚合材料具有某一顏色,其中所獲得之聚合材料,較佳自本文所描述之(b)、(b.4)、(b.2.')或(b6)獲得之聚合材料分別更淺及更白。此尤其適用於所有不為光學增亮劑之著色劑。關於所獲得之聚合材料,尤其關於作為著色劑之光學增亮劑,著色劑減少意謂與(a)中提供之聚合材料之所發射之螢光輻射(發射)之強度(較佳在400-600 nm之範圍內)相比,當用波長在250至400 nm之範圍內的光照射時,對於(s)中所獲得之聚合材料,所發射之螢光輻射(發射)之強度(較佳在400至600 nm之範圍內)降低。The above "reduction of colorants" expressed based on the quantitative L*a*b* values can also be visually discerned by eye: the polymeric material provided in (a) has a certain color, wherein the obtained polymeric material is preferably lighter and whiter than the polymeric material obtained from (b), (b.4), (b.2.') or (b6) described herein. This is particularly applicable to all colorants that are not optical brighteners. With respect to the obtained polymeric material, in particular with respect to an optical brightener as a colorant, colorant reduction means that the intensity of the emitted fluorescent radiation (emission) (preferably in the range of 400 to 600 nm) is reduced for the polymeric material obtained in (s) when irradiated with light having a wavelength in the range of 250 to 400 nm, compared to the intensity of the emitted fluorescent radiation (emission) (preferably in the range of 400-600 nm) of the polymeric material provided in (a).

用於測定所發射之螢光輻射之強度的方法為熟習此項技術者已知的,例如可藉由使用UV燈、藉由螢光測定或量子產率之測定進行視覺測定。Methods for determining the intensity of the emitted fluorescent radiation are known to those skilled in the art and may be determined, for example, visually using UV light, by fluorescence measurement or by measurement of the quantum yield.

第二聚合物 ( iii ) 之分離在一些實施例中,若第二聚合物(iii)存在於(a)中提供之聚合材料中,則該方法進一步包含: (d) 將該第二聚合物(iii)自(c)中所獲得之該等單體及/或寡聚物或轉酯化產物分離,藉此獲得單獨的單體及/或寡聚物或轉酯化產物及單獨的第二聚合物(iii)。 Separation of the second polymer ( iii ) In some embodiments, if the second polymer (iii) is present in the polymer material provided in (a), the method further comprises: (d) separating the second polymer (iii) from the monomers and/or oligomers or transesterification products obtained in (c), thereby obtaining separate monomers and/or oligomers or transesterification products and separate second polymer (iii).

第三聚合物 ( iv ) 之分離在一些實施例中,若第三聚合物(iv)存在於(a)中提供之聚合材料中,則該方法進一步包含: 將該第三聚合物(iv)自(b)、(b.4)、(b.4.2.)、(b.5)及/或(b.2')中所獲得之該富含著色劑之溶劑系統分離,藉此獲得單獨的第三聚合物(iv)。 Separation of the third polymer ( iv ) In some embodiments, if the third polymer (iv) is present in the polymer material provided in (a), the method further comprises: separating the third polymer (iv) from the colorant-rich solvent system obtained in (b), (b.4), (b.4.2.), (b.5) and/or (b.2') to obtain a separate third polymer (iv).

第三聚合物(若存在於聚合材料中)及視情況存在之著色劑之分離藉由例如蒸餾進行,其中移除溶劑系統且進一步使用剩餘的殘餘物。The separation of the third polymer, if present in the polymeric material, and the colorant if present, is carried out, for example, by distillation, wherein the solvent system is removed and the remaining residue is further used.

在一些實施例中,該方法包含視情況在一或多個處理步驟之後,將在上文所描述之方法步驟中之一或多者中所獲得的經分離之溶劑系統再循環回至方法中。In some embodiments, the method comprises recycling the separated solvent system obtained in one or more of the method steps described above back into the method, optionally after one or more treatment steps.

2 態樣 - 基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物之單體、寡聚物或轉酯化產物本發明之第二態樣係關於一種基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物之單體、寡聚物或轉酯化產物,其藉由或可藉由第一態樣之方法,較佳步驟(d)之方法獲得。上文關於第一態樣之部分中所揭示之所有細節及實施例以及替代實施例亦適用於第二態樣。 Aspect 2 - Monomer, oligomer or transesterification product of a polymer based on polyalkylene terephthalate The second aspect of the present invention is related to a monomer, oligomer or transesterification product of a polymer based on polyalkylene terephthalate, which is obtained by or can be obtained by the method of the first aspect, preferably the method of step (d). All details and embodiments disclosed in the above section on the first aspect and alternative embodiments are also applicable to the second aspect.

3 態樣 - 單體、寡聚物及 / 或轉酯化產物之再聚合在第四態樣中,本發明係關於一種方法,較佳根據第一態樣,該方法包含另外的步驟: - 使根據第一態樣之方法獲得或可獲得之基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物之單體、寡聚物或轉酯化產物轉化,較佳聚合,以獲得一或多種聚合物或聚合物產物。 Aspect 3 - Repolymerization of monomers, oligomers and / or transesterification products In a fourth aspect, the present invention relates to a method, preferably according to the first aspect, which comprises the additional step of : - converting, preferably polymerizing, monomers, oligomers or transesterification products of polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymers obtained or obtainable according to the method of the first aspect to obtain one or more polymers or polymer products.

上文關於第一態樣之部分中所揭示之所有細節及實施例以及替代實施例亦適用於第三態樣。All details and embodiments disclosed in the above section regarding the first aspect and alternative embodiments also apply to the third aspect.

較佳地,一或多種聚合物為基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物。「基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物」係由氧乙烯單元或氧丁烯單元及氧對苯二甲醯基單元組成,其中在氧乙烯單元之情況下,在0至5莫耳%之範圍內的氧對苯二甲醯基單元經氧間苯二甲醯基單元置換,及/或在0至49莫耳%之範圍內的氧乙烯單元經氧亞甲基環己烯亞甲基單元置換。較佳地,基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物係選自由以下組成之群:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚(對苯二甲酸乙二酯-共-1,4-環己烯二亞甲基對苯二甲酸酯) (PETG)、聚(對苯二甲酸乙二酯-共-間苯二甲酸乙二酯) (PETI)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)及此等聚合物中之兩者或更多者之混合物,或基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物係選自由以下組成之群:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚(對苯二甲酸乙二酯-共-間苯二甲酸乙二酯) (PETI)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)及此等聚合物中之兩者或三者之混合物。Preferably, one or more polymers are polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymers. "Polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymers" consist of oxyethylene units or oxybutylene units and oxyterephthalyl units, wherein in the case of oxyethylene units, the oxyterephthalyl units are replaced by oxyisophthalyl units in the range of 0 to 5 mol % and/or the oxyethylene units are replaced by oxymethylenecyclohexenemethylene units in the range of 0 to 49 mol %. Preferably, the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), poly(ethylene terephthalate-co-1,4-cyclohexylene dimethylene terephthalate) (PETG), poly(ethylene terephthalate-co-ethylene isophthalate) (PETI), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) and a mixture of two or more of these polymers, or the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), poly(ethylene terephthalate-co-ethylene isophthalate) (PETI), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) and a mixture of two or three of these polymers.

在一些實施例中,「基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物」為基於1,4-丁二醇或1,2-乙二醇之聚酯,更佳為選自由以下組成之群的聚酯:基於1,4-丁二醇及對苯二甲酸之聚合物(聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯,PBT)、基於1,2-乙二醇及對苯二甲酸之聚合物(聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯,PET)、1,4-丁二醇、己二酸及對苯二甲酸之共聚物(聚對苯二甲酸己二酸丁二酯,PBAT)、1,2-乙二醇及2,5-呋喃二甲酸之聚合物(聚呋喃酸乙二酯,PEF)及此等(共)聚合物中之兩者或更多者之混合物。In some embodiments, the "polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer" is a polyester based on 1,4-butanediol or 1,2-ethylene glycol, and more preferably a polyester selected from the group consisting of a polymer based on 1,4-butanediol and terephthalic acid (polybutylene terephthalate, PBT), a polymer based on 1,2-ethylene glycol and terephthalic acid (polyethylene terephthalate, PET), a copolymer of 1,4-butanediol, adipic acid and terephthalic acid (polybutylene adipate terephthalate, PBAT), a polymer of 1,2-ethylene glycol and 2,5-furandicarboxylic acid (polyethylene furanoate, PEF), and a mixture of two or more of these (co)polymers.

更佳地,「基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物」至少包含PET及/或PBT,更佳地,聚酯為PET或PBT或PET與PBT之混合物。More preferably, the "polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer" comprises at least PET and/or PBT, and more preferably, the polyester is PET or PBT or a mixture of PET and PBT.

更佳地,基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物包含或為PET。More preferably, the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer comprises or is PET.

較佳地,聚合物產物為紡織品、纖維、包裝、塑膠,較佳為: -  汽車之一部分;較佳為汽缸頭蓋罩、發動機罩、用於增壓空氣冷卻器之殼體、增壓空氣冷卻器擋板、進氣管、進氣歧管、連接器、大齒輪、風扇輪、冷卻水箱、殼體、熱交換器之殼體部件、冷卻劑冷卻器、增壓空氣冷卻器、恆溫器、水泵、輻射器、緊固部件、電動汽車之電池系統部件、儀錶板、轉向柱開關、座椅、頭枕、中控台、傳動組件、車門模組、A、B、C或D柱罩、擾流板、車門把手、外後視鏡、擋風雨刷、擋風雨刷保護殼體、裝飾格柵、蓋條、車頂導軌、窗框、天窗框、天線面板、前燈及尾燈、發動機罩、汽缸頭蓋罩、進氣歧管、安全氣囊、緩衝墊或塗層; -  布;較佳為襯衫、褲子、套頭毛衣、靴子、鞋子、鞋底、緊身褲或夾克; -  電氣部件;較佳為電氣或電子無源或有源組件、電路板、印刷電路板、殼體組件、箔、線、開關、插頭、插座、分配器、繼電器、電阻器、電容器、電感器、線軸、燈、二極體、LED、電晶體、連接器、調節器、積體電路(IC)、處理器、控制器、記憶體、感測器、微動開關、微動按鈕、半導體、發光二極體(LED)之反射器殼體、用於電氣或電子組件之扣件、間隔物、螺釘、條帶、滑入式導引件、螺釘、螺母、膜鉸鏈、彈簧掛鉤(卡扣式)或彈簧舌; -  消費品、農業產品或醫藥產品;較佳為網球線、登山繩、剛毛、刷子、人造草、3D印刷長絲、草修剪器、拉鏈、卡鉤及環圈扣件、造紙機織物、擠壓塗層、漁線、漁網、海上線及繩索、小瓶、注射器、安瓿、瓶、滑動元件、主軸螺母、鏈條式輸送帶、滑動軸承、滾輪、輪、齒輪、滾輪、環齒輪、螺釘及彈簧阻尼器、軟管、管線、電纜護套、插座、開關、電纜束線帶、風扇輪、地毯、化妝品盒或瓶、床墊、緩衝墊、絕緣材料、清潔劑、洗碗錠或洗碗粉、洗髮精、身體清潔劑、沐浴露、肥皂、肥料、殺真菌劑或殺蟲劑; -  食品行業之包裝;較佳為單層或多層吹製膜、鑄造膜(單層或多層)、雙軸拉伸膜或層壓膜;或 -  構造之一部分;較佳為轉輪葉片、絕緣材料、框架、殼體、壁、塗層或分離壁。 Preferably, the polymer product is a textile, fiber, packaging, plastic, preferably: - a part of an automobile; preferably a cylinder head cover, an engine cover, a housing for a supercharged air cooler, a supercharged air cooler baffle, an intake pipe, an intake manifold, a connector, a gear, a fan wheel, a cooling water tank, a housing, a housing part of a heat exchanger, a coolant cooler, a supercharged air cooler, a thermostat, a water pump, a radiator, a fastening part, a battery system part of an electric vehicle, an instrument Dashboards, steering column switches, seats, headrests, center consoles, transmission components, door modules, A, B, C or D pillar covers, spoilers, door handles, exterior mirrors, windshield wipers, windshield wiper guards, decorative grilles, cover strips, roof rails, window frames, sunroof frames, antenna panels, headlights and taillights, engine hoods, cylinder head covers, intake manifolds, airbags, cushions or coatings; -  Cloth; preferably shirts, trousers, pullovers, boots, shoes, soles, leggings or jackets; - Electrical parts; preferably electrical or electronic passive or active components, circuit boards, printed circuit boards, housing components, foils, wires, switches, plugs, sockets, distributors, relays, resistors, capacitors, inductors, bobbins, lamps, diodes, LEDs, transistors, connectors, regulators, integrated circuits (ICs), processors, controllers, memories, sensors, micro switches, micro buttons, semiconductors, reflector housings for light-emitting diodes (LEDs), fasteners, spacers, screws, strips, slide-in guides, screws, nuts, film hinges, spring hooks (snap-on) or spring tongues for electrical or electronic components; - Consumer products, agricultural products or pharmaceutical products; preferably tennis string, climbing rope, bristles, brushes, artificial grass, 3D printing filaments, grass trimmers, zippers, hook and loop fasteners, paper machine fabrics, extruded coatings, fishing lines, fishing nets, marine lines and ropes, vials, syringes, ampoules, bottles, sliding elements, spindle nuts, chain conveyor belts, sliding bearings , rollers, wheels, gears, rollers, ring gears, screws and spring dampers, hoses, pipes, cable sheathing, sockets, switches, cable ties, fan wheels, carpets, cosmetic cases or bottles, mattresses, cushions, insulating materials, cleaners, dishwashing tablets or powders, shampoos, body washes, shower gels, soaps, fertilizers, fungicides or insecticides; -  Packaging for the food industry; preferably single-layer or multi-layer blown film, cast film (single-layer or multi-layer), biaxially stretched film or laminated film; or -  Part of a structure; preferably a rotor blade, insulation material, frame, shell, wall, coating or separator wall.

用於將再聚合獲得之基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物之單體、寡聚物或轉酯化產物轉化成基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物的轉化,較佳聚合步驟可包含一或多個合成步驟,且可藉由熟習此項技術者熟知的習知合成及技術進行(參見例如Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, 章節「Polyesters」, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA. 2018, 10.1002/14356007.a21_227.pub2)。The preferred polymerization step for converting the monomer, oligomer or transesterification product of the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer obtained by repolymerization into the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer may comprise one or more synthesis steps and may be carried out by known syntheses and techniques familiar to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, chapter "Polyesters", Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA. 2018, 10.1002/14356007.a21_227.pub2).

4 態樣 - 第二聚合物 ( iii ) / 或第三聚合物 ( iv ) 之轉化在第四態樣中,本發明係關於一種方法,較佳根據第一態樣,該方法包含另外的步驟: -  使可藉由或藉由第一態樣之方法獲得之經分離之第二聚合物(iii)及/或經分離之第三聚合物(iv),較佳自步驟(d)獲得或可獲得之經分離之第二聚合物(iii)及/或自步驟(b)、(b.4)、(b.4.2.)、(b.5)及(b.2')中之任一者獲得或可獲得之經分離之第三聚合物(iv)轉化,以獲得一或多種單體、聚合物或聚合物產物。 Aspect 4 - Conversion of the second polymer ( iii ) and / or the third polymer ( iv ) In the fourth aspect, the present invention relates to a method, preferably according to the first aspect, which comprises the further step of: - converting the separated second polymer (iii) and/or the separated third polymer (iv) obtainable by or by the method of the first aspect, preferably the separated second polymer (iii) obtained or obtainable from step (d) and/or the separated third polymer (iv) obtained or obtainable from any one of steps (b), (b.4), (b.4.2.), (b.5) and (b.2') to obtain one or more monomers, polymers or polymer products.

上文關於第一態樣之部分中所揭示之所有細節及實施例以及替代實施例亦適用於第四態樣。All details and embodiments disclosed in the above section regarding the first aspect and alternative embodiments also apply to the fourth aspect.

較佳地,聚合物為以下及/或聚合物產物包含以下:聚醯胺(PA);較佳PA 6或PA 66;聚異氰酸酯加成聚合產物;較佳聚胺基甲酸酯(PU)、熱塑性聚胺基甲酸酯(TPU)、聚脲或聚異三聚氰酸酯(PIR);低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE)、聚乙烯(PE)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚氯乙烯(PVC)、聚乙酸乙烯酯(PVA)、聚苯乙烯(PS)、聚丙烯腈丁二烯苯乙烯(ABS)、聚苯乙烯丙烯腈(SAN)、聚丙烯酸酯苯乙烯丙烯腈(ASA)、聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)、聚(丙烯酸甲酯) (PMA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸甲酯) (PMMA)、聚丁二烯(BR、PBD)、聚(順-1,4-異戊二烯)、聚(反-1,4-異戊二烯)、聚甲醛(POM)、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)、聚己二酸共對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBAT)、聚酯(PES)、聚醚碸(PESU)、聚羥基烷酸酯(PHA)、聚-3-羥基丁酸酯(P3HB)、聚-4-羥基丁酸酯(P4HB)、聚羥基戊酸酯(PHV)、聚羥基己酸酯(PHH)、聚羥基辛酸酯(PHO)、聚乳酸(PLA)、聚碸(PSU)、聚苯碸(PPSU)、聚碳酸酯(PC)、聚醚醚酮(PEEK)、聚(對苯氧化物) (PPO)、聚(對苯醚) (PPE);或其共聚物或混合物。Preferably, the polymer is the following and/or the polymer product comprises the following: polyamide (PA); preferably PA 6 or PA 66; polyisocyanate addition polymer; preferably polyurethane (PU), thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), polyurea or polyisocyanurate (PIR); low density polyethylene (LDPE), high density polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyvinyl acetate (PVA), polystyrene (PS), polyacrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polystyrene acrylonitrile (SAN), polyacrylate styrene acrylonitrile (ASA), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), poly(methyl acrylate) (PMA), poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA), polybutadiene (BR, PBD), poly(cis-1,4-isoprene), poly(trans-1,4-isoprene), polyoxymethylene (POM), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polybutylene adipate terephthalate (PBAT), polyester (PES), polyether sulphate (PESU), polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA), poly-3-hydroxybutyrate (P3HB), poly-4-hydroxybutyrate (P4HB), polyhydroxyvalerate (PHV), polyhydroxyhexanoate (PHH), polyhydroxyoctanoate (PHO), polylactic acid (PLA), polysulphide (PSU), polyphenylene sulphide (PPSU), polycarbonate (PC), polyetheretherketone (PEEK), poly(p-phenylene oxide) (PPO), poly(p-phenylene ether) (PPE); or its copolymers or mixtures.

較佳地,聚合物及/或聚合物產物為以下或為以下之一部分: -  汽車之一部分;較佳為汽缸頭蓋罩、發動機罩、用於增壓空氣冷卻器之殼體、增壓空氣冷卻器擋板、進氣管、進氣歧管、連接器、大齒輪、風扇輪、冷卻水箱、殼體、熱交換器之殼體部件、冷卻劑冷卻器、增壓空氣冷卻器、恆溫器、水泵、輻射器、緊固部件、電動汽車之電池系統部件、儀錶板、轉向柱開關、座椅、頭枕、中控台、傳動組件、車門模組、A、B、C或D柱罩、擾流板、車門把手、外後視鏡、擋風雨刷、擋風雨刷保護殼體、裝飾格柵、蓋條、車頂導軌、窗框、天窗框、天線面板、前燈及尾燈、發動機罩、汽缸頭蓋罩、進氣歧管、安全氣囊、緩衝墊或塗層; -  布;較佳為襯衫、褲子、套頭毛衣、靴子、鞋子、鞋底、緊身褲或夾克; -  電氣部件;較佳為電氣或電子無源或有源組件、電路板、印刷電路板、殼體組件、箔、線、開關、插頭、插座、分配器、繼電器、電阻器、電容器、電感器、線軸、燈、二極體、LED、電晶體、連接器、調節器、積體電路(IC)、處理器、控制器、記憶體、感測器、微動開關、微動按鈕、半導體、發光二極體(LED)之反射器殼體、用於電氣或電子組件之扣件、間隔物、螺釘、條帶、滑入式導引件、螺釘、螺母、膜鉸鏈、彈簧掛鉤(卡扣式)或彈簧舌; -  消費品、農業產品或醫藥產品;較佳為網球線、登山繩、剛毛、刷子、人造草、3D印刷長絲、草修剪器、拉鏈、卡鉤及環圈扣件、造紙機織物、擠壓塗層、漁線、漁網、海上線及繩索、小瓶、注射器、安瓿、瓶、滑動元件、主軸螺母、鏈條式輸送帶、滑動軸承、滾輪、輪、齒輪、滾輪、環齒輪、螺釘及彈簧阻尼器、軟管、管線、電纜護套、插座、開關、電纜束線帶、風扇輪、地毯、化妝品盒或瓶、床墊、緩衝墊、絕緣材料、清潔劑、洗碗錠或洗碗粉、洗髮精、身體清潔劑、沐浴露、肥皂、肥料、殺真菌劑或殺蟲劑; -  食品行業之包裝;較佳為單層或多層吹製膜、鑄造膜(單層或多層)、雙軸拉伸膜或層壓膜;或 -  構造之一部分;較佳為轉輪葉片、絕緣材料、框架、殼體、壁、塗層或分離壁。 Preferably, the polymer and/or polymer product is or is part of: - a part of a car; preferably a cylinder head cover, an engine cover, a casing for a supercharged air cooler, a supercharged air cooler baffle, an intake pipe, an intake manifold, a connector, a gear, a fan wheel, a cooling water tank, a casing, a casing part of a heat exchanger, a coolant cooler, a supercharged air cooler, a thermostat, a water pump, a radiator, a fastening part, a battery system part of an electric car, an instrument Dashboards, steering column switches, seats, headrests, center consoles, transmission components, door modules, A, B, C or D pillar covers, spoilers, door handles, exterior mirrors, windshield wipers, windshield wiper guards, decorative grilles, cover strips, roof rails, window frames, sunroof frames, antenna panels, headlights and taillights, engine hoods, cylinder head covers, intake manifolds, airbags, cushions or coatings; -  Cloth; preferably shirts, trousers, pullovers, boots, shoes, soles, leggings or jackets; - Electrical parts; preferably electrical or electronic passive or active components, circuit boards, printed circuit boards, housing components, foils, wires, switches, plugs, sockets, distributors, relays, resistors, capacitors, inductors, bobbins, lamps, diodes, LEDs, transistors, connectors, regulators, integrated circuits (ICs), processors, controllers, memories, sensors, micro switches, micro buttons, semiconductors, reflector housings for light-emitting diodes (LEDs), fasteners, spacers, screws, strips, slide-in guides, screws, nuts, film hinges, spring hooks (snap-on) or spring tongues for electrical or electronic components; - Consumer products, agricultural products or pharmaceutical products; preferably tennis string, climbing rope, bristles, brushes, artificial grass, 3D printing filaments, grass trimmers, zippers, hook and loop fasteners, paper machine fabrics, extruded coatings, fishing lines, fishing nets, marine lines and ropes, vials, syringes, ampoules, bottles, sliding elements, spindle nuts, chain conveyor belts, sliding bearings , rollers, wheels, gears, rollers, ring gears, screws and spring dampers, hoses, pipes, cable sheathing, sockets, switches, cable ties, fan wheels, carpets, cosmetic cases or bottles, mattresses, cushions, insulating materials, cleaners, dishwashing tablets or powders, shampoos, body washes, shower gels, soaps, fertilizers, fungicides or insecticides; -  Packaging for the food industry; preferably single-layer or multi-layer blown film, cast film (single-layer or multi-layer), biaxially stretched film or laminated film; or -  Part of a structure; preferably a rotor blade, insulation material, frame, shell, wall, coating or separator wall.

較佳地,聚合物及/或聚合物產物中經分離之第二聚合物(iii)及/或經分離之第三聚合物(iv)之含量為1重量%或更多、較佳2重量%或更多、更佳5重量%或更多、更佳15重量%或更多、更佳30重量%或更多、更佳40重量%或更多、更佳60重量%或更多、更佳80重量%或更多、更佳90重量%或更多、更佳95重量%或更多;及/或 聚合物及/或聚合物產物中經分離之第二聚合物之含量為100重量%或更少、較佳95重量%或更少、更佳90重量%或更少、更佳50重量%或更少、更佳25重量%或更少、更佳10重量%或更少;且 其中較佳地,該含量係基於屬性(identity)保存及/或隔離及/或質量平衡及/或書籍及申請專利範圍監管鏈模型,較佳基於質量平衡,較佳國際可持續發展與碳認證(International Sustainability and Carbon Certification;ISCC)標準來確定。 Preferably, the content of the separated second polymer (iii) and/or the separated third polymer (iv) in the polymer and/or the polymer product is 1 wt% or more, preferably 2 wt% or more, more preferably 5 wt% or more, more preferably 15 wt% or more, more preferably 30 wt% or more, more preferably 40 wt% or more, more preferably 60 wt% or more, more preferably 80 wt% or more, more preferably 90 wt% or more, more preferably 95 wt% or more; and/or The content of the separated second polymer in the polymer and/or the polymer product is 100 wt% or less, preferably 95 wt% or less, more preferably 90 wt% or less, more preferably 50 wt% or less, more preferably 25 wt% or less, more preferably 10 wt% or less; and Preferably, the content is determined based on identity preservation and/or isolation and/or mass balance and/or a book and patent application scope regulatory chain model, preferably based on mass balance, preferably International Sustainability and Carbon Certification (ISCC) standards.

自經分離之第二聚合物(iii)及/或經分離之第三聚合物(iv)獲得單體、聚合物或聚合物產物的轉化步驟可包含一或多個合成步驟,且可藉由熟習此項技術者熟知的習知合成及技術進行。獨立於評定獨立申請專利範圍之新穎性及創造性步驟之熟習此項技術者,進行一或多個轉化步驟之熟習此項技術者較佳來自熱解、氣化、再單體化、解聚合、合成、單體、聚合物及聚合物化合物之產生及/或其進一步處理(例如擠壓、射出成型)之一或多個技術領域。一或多個轉化步驟之實例描述於以下中:「Industrial Organic Chemistry」, 第3卷, Wiley-VCH, 1997, ISBN:978-3-527-28838-0、「Kunststoffhandbuch」, 11卷,17個子卷, Carl Hanser Verlag;尤其第6卷、「Polyamide」, 第1版, 1966, 第7卷、「Polyurethane」, 第3版, 1993, 及第8卷、「Polyester」, 第2版1973;「Industrial Organic Chemistry」, 第3卷, Wiley-VCH, 1997, ISBN:978-3-527-28838-0、「Injection Molding Reference Guide」, 第4版, CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2011, ISBN:978-1466407824、EP 0989146 A1、EP 1460094 A1、WO 2006034800 A1、EP 1529792 A1、WO 2006042674 A1、EP 0364854 A2、US 5506275 A、EP 0897402 A1、WO 2015082316 A1、WO 2021021855 A1、WO 2021126938 A1、WO 2021021902 A1、WO 2021092311 A1、WO 2008155271 A1、WO 2013139827 A1,其中各者以引用之方式併入本文中。The conversion step of obtaining monomers, polymers or polymer products from the separated second polymer (iii) and/or the separated third polymer (iv) may comprise one or more synthesis steps and may be performed by known syntheses and techniques known to those skilled in the art. Those skilled in the art who independently assess the novelty and inventiveness of the steps in the independent patent application scope, preferably those skilled in the art who perform one or more conversion steps are from one or more technical fields of pyrolysis, gasification, re-monomerization, depolymerization, synthesis, production of monomers, polymers and polymer compounds and/or their further processing (e.g. extrusion, injection molding). Examples of one or more conversion steps are described in the following: "Industrial Organic Chemistry", Volume 3, Wiley-VCH, 1997, ISBN: 978-3-527-28838-0, "Kunststoffhandbuch", Volume 11, 17 sub-volumes, Carl Hanser Verlag; in particular Volume 6, "Polyamide", 1st edition, 1966, Volume 7, "Polyurethane", 3rd edition, 1993, and Volume 8, "Polyester", 2nd edition 1973; "Industrial Organic Chemistry", Volume 3, Wiley-VCH, 1997, ISBN: 978-3-527-28838-0, "Injection Molding Reference Guide", 4th edition, CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2011, ISBN: 978-1466407824, EP 0989146 A1, EP 1460094 A1, WO 2006034800 A1, EP 1529792 A1, WO 2006042674 A1, EP 0364854 A2, US 5506275 A, EP 0897402 A1, WO 2015082316 A1, WO 2021021855 A1, WO 2021126938 A1, WO 2021021902 A1, WO 2021092311 A1, WO 2008155271 A1, WO 2013139827 A1, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.

藉由如由各別相依性及反參考文獻指示之以下實施例及實施例之組合進一步說明本發明。特定言之,應注意,在提及一系列實施例之各情況下,例如在術語諸如「如實施例1至4中任一項之……」之上下文中,此範圍中之每一實施例意謂針對熟習此項技術者明確揭示,亦即此術語的措辭由熟習此項技術者理解為與「如實施例1、2、3及4中任一項之……」同義。 1. 一種用於再循環有色聚合材料之方法,其中該有色聚合材料包含(i)基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物聚[CH 2] x對苯二甲酸酯,其中x為1至4之範圍內的整數;(ii)著色劑;及視情況存在之(iii)第二聚合物,其與(i)之該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物不同;以及視情況存在之(iv)第三聚合物,其與(i)之該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物不同且與(iii)之該第二聚合物不同,該方法包含: (a) 提供有色聚合材料及溶劑系統; (b) 在允許著色劑移除但不允許該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物溶解的條件下,使(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料與(a)中提供之該溶劑系統接觸,藉此獲得與所提供之該溶劑系統相比富含著色劑之溶劑系統,以及與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少之聚合材料; (c) 使(b)中所獲得之該著色劑減少之聚合材料解聚合或轉酯化;藉此獲得單體及/或寡聚物或轉酯化產物。 2. 如實施例1之方法,其中(b)包含: (b.1) 在第一容器中提供該有色聚合材料,且在第二容器中提供該溶劑系統; 其中第一容器及第二容器在空間上彼此分離配置,但允許彼此之間氣體及流體連通; (b.2) 形成包含至少部分該溶劑系統之氣體流,且自該第二容器移除該氣體流; (b.3) 使該溶劑系統在該第二容器外部(亦在該第一容器外部)之位置處以液體形式自該氣體流分離,獲得液體形式之溶劑系統; (b.4) 使該第一容器中之有色聚合材料與該液體形式之溶劑系統接觸,該溶劑系統已在(b.3)中自該氣體流分離, 藉此獲得與(a)中提供之該溶劑系統相比富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物(iv)的溶劑系統,以及聚合材料,該聚合材料與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少及第三聚合物(iv)視情況減少且包含該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物(i)及視情況存在之該第二聚合物(iii)。 3. 如實施例2之方法,其中(b.2)包含: (b.2.1) 將該溶劑系統加熱至至少等於或高於該溶劑系統之沸點溫度的溫度; (b.2.2) 獲得包含至少部分該溶劑系統之氣體流。 4. 如實施例2或3之方法,其中另外施加惰性氣體,該惰性氣體形成包含至少部分該溶劑系統之氣體流之部分。 5. 如實施例2至4中任一項之方法,其中(b.2)包含: (b.2.1') 將該溶劑系統加熱至低於該溶劑系統之沸點溫度至多3 K之溫度T;以使得獲得具有升高溫度之溶劑系統; (b.2.2') 使該具有升高溫度之溶劑系統與惰性氣體接觸,較佳使惰性氣體通過該具有升高溫度之溶劑系統,使得形成包含至少部分該溶劑系統之氣體流。 6. 如實施例2至5中任一項之方法,其中(b.3)包含: (b.3.1) 將該氣體流自該第二容器轉移至該第二容器外部(亦在該第一容器外部)之位置; (b.3.2) 使包含於該氣體流中之該部分溶劑系統在該第二容器外部(亦在該第一容器外部)之位置處以液體形式自該氣體流分離,獲得液體形式之溶劑系統。 7. 如實施例2至6中任一項之方法,其中(b.4)包含: (b.4.1) 將(b.3.2)中所獲得之該液體形式之溶劑系統轉移至該第一容器中之有色聚合材料; (b.4.2) 使該第一容器中之有色聚合材料與該液體形式之溶劑系統接觸, 藉此獲得與(a)中提供之該溶劑系統相比富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物的溶劑系統,以及聚合材料,該聚合材料與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少及第三聚合物視情況減少且包含該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物及視情況存在之該第二聚合物。 8. 如實施例2至7中任一項之方法,其中含有該聚合材料之第一容器及含有該溶劑系統之第二容器在空間上彼此分離配置,其中含有該聚合材料之該第一容器配置於含有該溶劑系統之該第二容器上方。 9. 如實施例7或8之方法,其中(b.4.2)包含使該有色聚合材料與(b.4.1)之該液體形式之溶劑系統接觸,其中該液體形式之溶劑系統滴落至該有色聚合材料上。 10. 如實施例2至9中任一項之方法,其中該惰性氣體係選自由以下組成之群:氬氣、氦氣、氖氣、氮氣及此等惰性氣體中之兩者或更多者之混合物,較佳至少包含氮氣,更佳地,該惰性氣體為氮氣。 11. 如實施例2至10中任一項之方法,其中該惰性氣體經引導通過該溶劑系統且其流動速率在1至150公升/小時之範圍內,或該惰性氣體沿著該溶劑系統之表面通過且其流動速率在1至150公升/小時之範圍內。 12. 如實施例2至11中任一項之方法,其進一步包含: (b.5) 將(b.4)或(b.4.2)中所獲得之該富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物的溶劑系統自該聚合材料移除(亦即亦自該第一容器中移除),且再循環至該包含溶劑系統之第二容器,較佳藉由將其滴入該包含溶劑系統之第二容器(使(b.4)或(b.4.2)中所獲得之該溶劑系統滴入該包含溶劑系統之第二容器)。 13. 如實施例2至12中任一項之方法,其中(b.2)、(b.3)及(b.4),較佳(b.2)、(b.3)、(b.4)及(b.5)以連續模式進行。 14. 如實施例2至13中任一項之方法,其進一步包含: (b.6) 至少部分移除(b.4)或(b.4.2)中所獲得之聚合材料,藉此獲得如下聚合材料,該聚合材料與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少及第三聚合物(iv)視情況減少且包含該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物及視情況存在之該第二聚合物。 15. 如實施例14之方法,其進一步包含: (b.7) 用新鮮的有色聚合材料至少部分替代(b.6)中移除之聚合材料,而不替代(a)中提供之該溶劑系統,其中該新鮮的有色聚合材料包含基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物、著色劑、視情況存在之第二聚合物以及視情況存在之第三聚合物,且重複步驟(b.2)、(b.3)及(b.4),視情況重複(b.5); 其中 步驟(b.6)及(b.7)較佳再重複至少一次,較佳再重複一次至至少10次之範圍內(分批模式);或 其中步驟(b.6)及(b.7)連續地(吹掃模式)進行。 16. 如實施例2至15中任一項之方法,其中以(a)中提供之該溶劑系統之總重量為100重量%計,添加1至50重量%之範圍內的額外新鮮溶劑系統,其中該添加係不連續地(分批模式)或連續地(吹掃模式)進行。 17. 如實施例1之方法,其中(b)包含: (b.1') 在<170℃之溫度T下使(a)之該有色聚合材料與溶劑系統接觸,藉此獲得與(a)中提供之該溶劑系統相比富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物(iv)的溶劑系統,以及與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少及第三聚合物(iv)視情況減少的聚合材料; (b.2') 視情況自該溶劑系統分離該聚合材料,該聚合材料中著色劑減少及第三聚合物(iv)視情況減少且包含該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物。 18. 如實施例17之方法,其中(b.1')中之接觸係在溫度T下進行,該溫度T在10至<170℃之範圍內,較佳在110至165℃之範圍內,更佳在120至150℃之範圍內。 19. 如實施例17或18之方法,其中(b.1')係在800至200,000 hPa之範圍內的壓力下進行。 20. 如實施例1至19中任一項之方法,其中該溶劑系統包含一或多種溶劑,其中該溶劑系統 (s.1) 具有相對於以下之漢森溶解度參數 -  來自分子間之色散力的能量(δD ss), -  來自分子間之偶極分子間力的能量(δP ss)及 -  來自分子間之氫鍵的能量(δH ss), 其滿足方程式1 (11) 2≥ 4(δD ss-17.5) 2+ (δP ss-7.5) 2+ (δH ss-7.5) 2[方程式1]。 21. 如實施例1至20中任一項之方法,其中該溶劑系統包含一或多種溶劑,其中該溶劑系統 (s.1a) 具有相對於以下之漢森溶解度參數 -  來自分子間之色散力的能量(δD ss), -  來自分子間之偶極分子間力的能量(δP ss)及 -  來自分子間之氫鍵的能量(δH ss), 其滿足方程式2 (8.8) 2≥ 4(δD ss-20) 2+ (δP ss-11.8) 2+ (δH ss-4.5) 2[方程式2]。 22. 如實施例1至21中任一項之方法,其中 (s.2) 該溶劑系統之各溶劑在1013 hPa下之沸點為至少150℃,較佳為至少160℃。 23. 如實施例1至22中任一項之方法,其中 (s.3) 不包括具有選自由以下組成之群之官能基的溶劑:羥基(OH)、胺基(NH 2)、羧基(COOH)及硫醇(SH)。 24. 如實施例1至23中任一項之方法,其中以該溶劑系統之總重量為100重量%計,至少90重量%、較佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳99至100重量%之範圍內的該溶劑系統係由兩種或更多種溶劑組成。 25. 如實施例1至24中任一項之方法,其中以該溶劑系統之總重量為100重量%計,至少90重量%、較佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳99至100重量%之範圍內的該溶劑系統係由一種溶劑組成,該一種溶劑滿足方程式1及/或2。 26. 如實施例1至25中任一項之方法,其中該溶劑系統之一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群: N,N-二甲基苯甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基苯基乙醯胺、1,4-苯醌、苯乙酮、對苯二甲酸二甲酯、1,3,5-三甲氧基苯、2-苯基苯乙酮、N-甲基己內醯胺、甲基苯甲酸酯、甲基-4-甲氧基苯甲酸酯、碳酸伸丁酯、丙烯-二醇-二苯甲酸酯、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二苯甲酮、丙二酸二苯甲酯、N-乙基-己內醯胺、2-(5-側氧基四氫呋喃-3-基)乙酸甲酯(FAME)、苯丙酮、N-甲氧基丙基-吡咯啶酮、1,4-環己二酮、環己烷-碳酸酯、N-甲氧基乙基-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二乙基苯基乙醯胺、乙酸苯酯、1-(2-羥基乙基)吡咯啶-2-酮乙酸酯(HEPAc)、N,N-二乙基苯甲醯胺、異丙基-苯甲酸酯、環己基苯基酮、苯乙酸乙基酯、苯乙酸酯、N-甲基-𠰌啉、苯甲基-丙酸酯、苯甲基乙酸酯、新戊基-二醇-二苯甲酸酯、乙酸四氫呋喃酯、N-甲基-咪唑、丁酸苯甲酯、2-吡咯啶酮、2-苯氧基乙醇丙酸酯、異丁酸2-苯氧基乙酯、N,N-二丙基苯甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二乙基乙醯胺、二氫左旋葡萄糖酮(Cyrene)、碳酸伸丙酯、己內酯、二甲基異山梨醇、N-丁基吡咯啶酮、三級丁基吡咯啶酮、甲基-1-甲基-5-側氧基吡咯啶-3-甲酸酯(MMOC)、γ-戊內酯(GVL)、δ-戊內酯、γ丁內酯、5-(二甲基胺基)-2-甲基-5-側氧基戊酸甲酯(Rhodiasolv Polarclean)、己內醯胺、苯乙酸乙酯、苯基乙酸甲酯、苯甲酸苯甲酯、N,N-二甲基乳醯胺(Agnique AMD 3L)及二甲亞碸(DMSO)。 27. 如實施例1至26中任一項之方法,其中該溶劑系統之一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:二氫左旋葡萄糖酮(Cyrene)、碳酸伸丙酯、己內酯、二甲基異山梨醇、N-丁基吡咯啶酮、三級丁基吡咯啶酮、甲基-1-甲基-5-側氧基吡咯啶-3-甲酸酯(MMOC)、γ-戊內酯(GVL)、δ-戊內酯、γ丁內酯、5-(二甲基胺基)-2-甲基-5-側氧基戊酸甲酯(Rhodiasolv®Polarclean)、己內醯胺、乙酸苯乙酯、苯基乙酸甲酯、苯甲酸苯甲酯、苯甲酸苯酯、苯甲酸甲酯、苯甲酸丙酯及二甲亞碸(DMSO)。 28. 如實施例1至27中任一項之方法,其中該溶劑系統之一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:碳酸伸丙酯、N-丁基吡咯啶酮、三級丁基吡咯啶酮、甲基-1-甲基-5-側氧基吡咯啶-3-甲酸酯(MMOC)、δ-戊內酯、γ丁內酯、5-(二甲基胺基)-2-甲基-5-側氧基戊酸甲酯(Rhodiasolv®Polarclean)、己內醯胺、乙酸苯乙酯、苯基乙酸甲酯、苯甲酸苯甲酯、苯甲酸苯酯、苯甲酸甲酯、苯甲酸丙酯及GVL。 29. 如實施例1至28中任一項之方法,其中該溶劑系統之一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:碳酸伸丙酯、N-丁基吡咯啶酮、三級丁基吡咯啶酮、甲基-1-甲基-5-側氧基吡咯啶-3-甲酸酯(MMOC)、δ-戊內酯、γ丁內酯、5-(二甲基胺基)-2-甲基-5-側氧基戊酸甲酯(Rhodiasolv®Polarclean)、己內醯胺、乙酸苯乙酯、苯基乙酸甲酯、苯甲酸苯甲酯、苯甲酸苯酯、苯甲酸甲酯及苯甲酸丙酯。 30. 如實施例1至29中任一項之方法,其中該溶劑系統之一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:碳酸伸丙酯、N-丁基吡咯啶酮、三級丁基吡咯啶酮、甲基-1-甲基-5-側氧基吡咯啶-3-甲酸酯(MMOC)、5-(二甲基胺基)-2-甲基-5-側氧基戊酸甲酯(Rhodiasolv®Polarclean)、乙酸苯乙酯及GVL。 31. 如實施例1至30中任一項之方法,其中該溶劑系統之一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:碳酸伸丙酯、N-丁基吡咯啶酮、三級丁基吡咯啶酮、甲基-1-甲基-5-側氧基吡咯啶-3-甲酸酯(MMOC)、5-(二甲基胺基)-2-甲基-5-側氧基戊酸甲酯(Rhodiasolv®Polarclean)及乙酸苯乙酯。 32. 如實施例1至31中任一項之方法,其中該一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:γ戊內酯(GVL)、N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮二甲亞碸(DMSO)、二氫左旋葡萄糖酮(Cyrene)、環己酮及其兩者或更多者之混合物,或選自由以下組成之群:N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮二甲亞碸(DMSO)、二氫左旋葡萄糖酮(Cyrene)環己酮及其兩者或更多者之混合物。 33. 如實施例1至32中任一項之方法,其中該一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:GVL、NBP、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮、DMSO及其兩者或更多者之混合物,或選自由以下組成之群:NBP、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮、DMSO及其兩者或更多者之混合物。 34. 如實施例1至33中任一項之方法,其中該一或多種溶劑係選自由以下組成之群:GVL、NBP、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮及其兩者或更多者之混合物,或選自由以下組成之群:NBP、碳酸伸丙酯、苯乙酮及其兩者或三者之混合物。 35. 如實施例1至34中任一項之方法,其中該一或多種溶劑至少包含N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP),以該一或多種溶劑之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%之該一或多種溶劑、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳至少99重量%、更佳至少99.5重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之該一或多種溶劑為NBP,更佳地,該一種溶劑為NBP;或 其中該一或多種溶劑至少包含碳酸伸丙酯,以該一或多種溶劑之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%之該一或多種溶劑、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳至少99重量%、更佳至少99.5重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之該一或多種溶劑為碳酸伸丙酯,更佳地,該一種溶劑為碳酸伸丙酯;或 其中該一或多種溶劑至少包含苯乙酮,以該一或多種溶劑之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%之該一或多種溶劑、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳至少99重量%、更佳至少99.5重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之該一或多種溶劑為苯乙酮,更佳地,該一種溶劑為苯乙酮;或 其中該一或多種溶劑至少包含二甲亞碸(DMSO),以該一或多種溶劑之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%之該一或多種溶劑、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳至少99重量%、更佳至少99.5重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之該一或多種溶劑為DMSO,更佳地,該一種溶劑為DMSO;或 其中該一或多種溶劑至少包含二氫左旋葡萄糖酮(Cyrene),以該一或多種溶劑之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%之該一或多種溶劑、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳至少99重量%、更佳至少99.5重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之該一或多種溶劑為Cyrene,更佳地,該一種溶劑為Cyrene;或 其中該一或多種溶劑至少包含環己酮,以該一或多種溶劑之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%之該一或多種溶劑、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳至少99重量%、更佳至少99.5重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之該一或多種溶劑為環己酮,更佳地,該一種溶劑為環己酮。 36. 如實施例1至35中任一項之方法,其中不包括苯甲酸乙酯及苯甲酸丁酯作為一或多種溶劑。 37. 如實施例1至36中任一項之方法,其中該溶劑系統包含GVL,其中以該溶劑系統之總重量為100重量%計,較佳至少90重量%、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少98重量%、更佳99至100重量%之範圍內的該溶劑系統係由GVL組成。 38. 如實施例1至37中任一項之方法,其中(c)之該解聚合係藉由選自由以下組成之群的方法進行:醇解、醣解、水解、胺解、氨解及此等方法中之兩者或更多者之混合物。 39. 如實施例38之方法,其中(c)之該解聚合係藉由醇解進行,其中(c)包含使(b)中所獲得之該著色劑減少之聚合材料與C 1至C 4烷基單醇接觸,藉此獲得對苯二甲酸二(C1至C 4烷基)酯及/或間苯二甲酸二(C1至C 4烷基)酯以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇。 40. 如實施例39之方法,其中該C 1至C 4烷基單醇為甲醇,其中獲得對苯二甲酸二甲酯及/或間苯二甲酸二甲酯以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇。 41. 如實施例37之方法,其中(c)之該解聚合係藉由醣解進行,其中(c)包含使(b)中所獲得之該著色劑減少之聚合材料與C 1至C 6烷基二醇接觸,藉此獲得對苯二甲酸雙(羥基C 1至C 6烷基)酯及/或間苯二甲酸雙(羥基C 1至C 6烷基)酯以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇。 42. 如實施例41之方法,其中該C 1至C 6烷基二醇為乙二醇,其中獲得對苯二甲酸雙(羥基乙烯)酯及/或間苯二甲酸雙(羥基乙烯)酯及/或間苯二甲酸雙(羥基C 1至C 6烷基)酯以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇。 43. 如實施例37之方法,其中(c)之該解聚合係藉由水解進行,其中(c)包含使(b)中所獲得之該著色劑減少之聚合材料與水接觸,藉此獲得對苯二甲酸(TPA)及/或間苯二甲酸以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇。 44. 如實施例43之方法,其中(c)之該解聚合係藉由鹼性水解進行。 45. 如實施例43之方法,其中該水解係藉由酶催化之水解進行,其中(c)包含使(b)中所獲得之該著色劑減少之聚合材料在酶存在下與水接觸,藉此獲得對苯二甲酸(TPA)及/或間苯二甲酸以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇。 46. 如實施例43至45中任一項之方法,其中(c)之該解聚合係藉由在40至120 hPa之範圍內的壓力下水解進行。 47. 如實施例37之方法,其中(c)之該解聚合係藉由水解進行,其中(c)包含: (c.1) 製備該著色劑減少之聚合材料的熔體,藉此獲得該著色劑減少之聚合材料的熔體; (c.2) 使(c.1)中所獲得之該聚合材料的熔體與鹼,較佳基於鹼金屬之無機鹼,更佳氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀或氫氧化鈉及氫氧化鉀之混合物接觸,藉此獲得含鹼之熔體; (c.3) 使(c.2)中所獲得之該含鹼之熔體與水接觸,藉此獲得對苯二甲酸酯(具有相應的鹼金屬陽離子)及/或間苯二甲酸酯(具有相應的鹼金屬陽離子)以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇。 48. 如實施例37之方法,其中(c)之該解聚合係藉由胺解進行,其中(c)包含使(b)中所獲得之該著色劑減少之聚合材料與單烷基胺R 1R 2NH 2接觸,其中R 1為C 1至C 4烷基,且R 2係選自氫原子及C 1至C 4烷基;藉此獲得R 1R 2NC(=O)-苯基-C(=O)NR 2R 1,其中苯環處之取代基處於對位或間位,以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇。 49. 如實施例37之方法,其中(c)之該解聚合係藉由氨解進行,其中(c)包含使(b)中所獲得之該著色劑減少之聚合材料與氨(NH 3)接觸,藉此獲得H 2NC(=O)-苯基-C(=O)NH 2,其中苯環處之取代基處於對位或間位,以及乙二醇及/或環己烷二甲醇;其中該氨以無溶劑形式提供或溶解於溶劑中,其中該溶劑較佳為甘油、二醇(較佳C 1至C 6烷基二醇)、醇(較佳C 1至C 4烷基單醇)中之一或多者。 50. 如實施例1之方法,其中(c)之該轉酯化係藉由與醇之酸或鹼催化反應進行。 51. 如實施例50之方法,其中使用一或多種含有金屬陽離子之催化劑,其中該金屬較佳為鈦或錫。 52. 如實施例50或51之方法,其中該醇為R 3-OH,其中R 3為直鏈或分支鏈C 2至C 12烷基殘基。 53. 如實施例52之方法,其中該醇係選自由以下組成之群:2-乙基己醇、異丙醇、異壬醇、戊醇、丁醇、此等醇之異構物及其兩者或更多者之混合物。 54. 如實施例1至53中任一項之方法,其中該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物係由氧乙烯單元或氧丁烯單元及氧對苯二甲醯基單元組成,其中在氧乙烯單元之情況下,在0至5莫耳%之範圍內的該等氧對苯二甲醯基單元經氧間苯二甲醯基單元置換,及/或在0至49莫耳%之範圍內的該等氧乙烯單元經氧亞甲基環己烯亞甲基單元置換;其中更佳地,該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物係選自由以下組成之群:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚(對苯二甲酸乙二酯-共-間苯二甲酸乙二酯) (PETI)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)及此等聚合物中之兩者或三者之混合物;其中更佳地,該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物包含或為PET。 55. 如實施例1至54中任一項之方法,其中該第三聚合物(iv)為彈性纖維,其中該彈性纖維包含一或多種基於聚胺基甲酸酯之彈性纖維及/或一或多種基於聚酯之彈性纖維,較佳由其組成,更佳地,該彈性纖維包含一或多種基於聚胺基甲酸酯之彈性纖維,較佳由其組成,其中各自以該彈性纖維之總重量為100重量%計,更佳至少40重量%、更佳至少45重量%、更佳至少50重量%、更佳至少55重量%、更佳至少60重量%、更佳至少65重量%、更佳至少70重量%、更佳至少75重量%、更佳至少80重量%、更佳至少85重量%、更佳至少90重量%、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之該彈性纖維為一或多種基於聚胺基甲酸酯之彈性纖維。 56. 如實施例1至55中任一項之方法,其中該著色劑係選自由以下組成之群:染料及光學增亮劑以及染料及光學增亮劑之混合物。 57. 如實施例1至56中任一項之方法,其中關於所獲得之聚合材料著色劑減少意謂與(a)中提供之該聚合材料相比該著色劑減少之聚合材料之L*a*b*值,變化如下: a*之絕對值減小,較佳減小至少0.2;及/或,較佳及 b*之絕對值變化,較佳變化至少0.2;及/或,較佳及, L*值增加,較佳增加至少4, 各自與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料之L*a*b*值進行比較,其中L*a*b*值係根據DIN 5033及DIN EN ISO 11664-1.6測定。 58. 如實施例1至57中任一項之方法,若第二聚合物(iii)存在於(a)中提供之該聚合材料中,則該方法進一步包含: (d) 將該第二聚合物(iii)自(c)中所獲得之該等單體及/或寡聚物或轉酯化產物分離,藉此獲得單獨的單體及/或寡聚物或轉酯化產物及單獨的第二聚合物(iii)。 59. 如實施例17至58中任一項之方法,其包含: (b.x) 視情況用洗滌溶劑洗滌(b.6)中移除之或(b.2')中分離之聚合材料,藉此獲得與(a)中提供之該聚合材料相比著色劑減少之經洗滌之聚合材料。 60. 如實施例14或17至59中任一項之方法,其包含: (b.y) 乾燥該(b.6)中移除之或(b.2')中分離之聚合材料及/或(b.x)中所獲得之該經洗滌之聚合材料。 61. 如實施例1至60中任一項之方法,若第三聚合物(iv)存在於(a)中提供之該聚合材料中,則該方法進一步包含: (b.z) 將該第三聚合物(iv)自(b)、(b.4)、(b.4.2.)、(b.5)及/或(b.2')中所獲得之該富含著色劑之溶劑系統分離,藉此獲得單獨的第三聚合物(iv)。 62. 一種基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物之單體、寡聚物或轉酯化產物,其藉由或可藉由如實施例1至61中任一項之方法,較佳步驟(d)之方法獲得。 63. 較佳如實施例1至61中任一項之方法,其包含另外的步驟: - 使根據實施例1至61中任一項之方法獲得或可獲得之基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物之單體、寡聚物或轉酯化產物轉化,較佳聚合,以獲得一或多種聚合物或聚合物產物。 64. 如實施例63之方法,其中該一或多種聚合物為基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物,該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物係由氧乙烯單元或氧丁烯單元及氧對苯二甲醯基單元組成,其中在氧乙烯單元之情況下,在0至5莫耳%之範圍內的該等氧對苯二甲醯基單元經氧間苯二甲醯基單元置換,及/或在0至49莫耳%之範圍內的該等氧乙烯單元經氧亞甲基環己烯亞甲基單元置換;其中更佳地,該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物係選自由以下組成之群:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚(對苯二甲酸乙二酯-共-間苯二甲酸乙二酯) (PETI)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)及此等聚合物中之兩者或三者之混合物;其中更佳地,該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物包含或為PET。 65. 如實施例63或64之方法,其中該聚合物產物為紡織品、纖維、包裝、塑膠,較佳為: -  汽車之一部分;較佳為汽缸頭蓋罩、發動機罩、用於增壓空氣冷卻器之殼體、增壓空氣冷卻器擋板、進氣管、進氣歧管、連接器、大齒輪、風扇輪、冷卻水箱、殼體、熱交換器之殼體部件、冷卻劑冷卻器、增壓空氣冷卻器、恆溫器、水泵、輻射器、緊固部件、電動汽車之電池系統部件、儀錶板、轉向柱開關、座椅、頭枕、中控台、傳動組件、車門模組、A、B、C或D柱罩、擾流板、車門把手、外後視鏡、擋風雨刷、擋風雨刷保護殼體、裝飾格柵、蓋條、車頂導軌、窗框、天窗框、天線面板、前燈及尾燈、發動機罩、汽缸頭蓋罩、進氣歧管、安全氣囊、緩衝墊或塗層; -  布;較佳為襯衫、褲子、套頭毛衣、靴子、鞋子、鞋底、緊身褲或夾克; -  電氣部件;較佳為電氣或電子無源或有源組件、電路板、印刷電路板、殼體組件、箔、線、開關、插頭、插座、分配器、繼電器、電阻器、電容器、電感器、線軸、燈、二極體、LED、電晶體、連接器、調節器、積體電路(IC)、處理器、控制器、記憶體、感測器、微動開關、微動按鈕、半導體、發光二極體(LED)之反射器殼體、用於電氣或電子組件之扣件、間隔物、螺釘、條帶、滑入式導引件、螺釘、螺母、膜鉸鏈、彈簧掛鉤(卡扣式)或彈簧舌; -  消費品、農業產品或醫藥產品;較佳為網球線、登山繩、剛毛、刷子、人造草、3D印刷長絲、草修剪器、拉鏈、卡鉤及環圈扣件、造紙機織物、擠壓塗層、漁線、漁網、海上線及繩索、小瓶、注射器、安瓿、瓶、滑動元件、主軸螺母、鏈條式輸送帶、滑動軸承、滾輪、輪、齒輪、滾輪、環齒輪、螺釘及彈簧阻尼器、軟管、管線、電纜護套、插座、開關、電纜束線帶、風扇輪、地毯、化妝品盒或瓶、床墊、緩衝墊、絕緣材料、清潔劑、洗碗錠或洗碗粉、洗髮精、身體清潔劑、沐浴露、肥皂、肥料、殺真菌劑或殺蟲劑; -  食品行業之包裝;較佳為單層或多層吹製膜、鑄造膜(單層或多層)、雙軸拉伸膜或層壓膜;或 -  構造之一部分;較佳為轉輪葉片、絕緣材料、框架、殼體、壁、塗層或分離壁。 66. 較佳如實施例1至61中任一項之方法,其包含另外的步驟: - 使可藉由或藉由如實施例1至64中任一項之方法獲得之該經分離之第二聚合物(iii)及/或該經分離之第三聚合物(iv),較佳自步驟(d)獲得或可獲得之該經分離之第二聚合物(iii)及/或自步驟(b)、(b.4)、(b.4.2.)、(b.5)及(b.2')中之任一者獲得或可獲得之該經分離之第三聚合物(iv)轉化,以獲得一或多種單體、聚合物或聚合物產物。 67. 如實施例66之方法, 其中該聚合物為以下及/或該聚合物產物包含以下:聚醯胺(PA);較佳PA 6或PA 66;聚異氰酸酯加成聚合產物;較佳聚胺基甲酸酯(PU)、熱塑性聚胺基甲酸酯(TPU)、聚脲或聚異三聚氰酸酯(PIR);低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE)、聚乙烯(PE)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚氯乙烯(PVC)、聚乙酸乙烯酯(PVA)、聚苯乙烯(PS)、聚丙烯腈丁二烯苯乙烯(ABS)、聚苯乙烯丙烯腈(SAN)、聚丙烯酸酯苯乙烯丙烯腈(ASA)、聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)、聚(丙烯酸甲酯) (PMA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸甲酯) (PMMA)、聚丁二烯(BR、PBD)、聚(順-1,4-異戊二烯)、聚(反-1,4-異戊二烯)、聚甲醛(POM)、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)、聚己二酸共對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBAT)、聚酯(PES)、聚醚碸(PESU)、聚羥基烷酸酯(PHA)、聚-3-羥基丁酸酯(P3HB)、聚-4-羥基丁酸酯(P4HB)、聚羥基戊酸酯(PHV)、聚羥基己酸酯(PHH)、聚羥基辛酸酯(PHO)、聚乳酸(PLA)、聚碸(PSU)、聚苯碸(PPSU)、聚碳酸酯(PC)、聚醚醚酮(PEEK)、聚(對苯氧化物) (PPO)、聚(對苯醚) (PPE);或其共聚物或混合物。 68. 如實施例66或67之方法, 其中該聚合物及/或該聚合物產物為以下或為以下之一部分: -  汽車之一部分;較佳為汽缸頭蓋罩、發動機罩、用於增壓空氣冷卻器之殼體、增壓空氣冷卻器擋板、進氣管、進氣歧管、連接器、大齒輪、風扇輪、冷卻水箱、殼體、熱交換器之殼體部件、冷卻劑冷卻器、增壓空氣冷卻器、恆溫器、水泵、輻射器、緊固部件、電動汽車之電池系統部件、儀錶板、轉向柱開關、座椅、頭枕、中控台、傳動組件、車門模組、A、B、C或D柱罩、擾流板、車門把手、外後視鏡、擋風雨刷、擋風雨刷保護殼體、裝飾格柵、蓋條、車頂導軌、窗框、天窗框、天線面板、前燈及尾燈、發動機罩、汽缸頭蓋罩、進氣歧管、安全氣囊、緩衝墊或塗層; -  布;較佳為襯衫、褲子、套頭毛衣、靴子、鞋子、鞋底、緊身褲或夾克; -  電氣部件;較佳為電氣或電子無源或有源組件、電路板、印刷電路板、殼體組件、箔、線、開關、插頭、插座、分配器、繼電器、電阻器、電容器、電感器、線軸、燈、二極體、LED、電晶體、連接器、調節器、積體電路(IC)、處理器、控制器、記憶體、感測器、微動開關、微動按鈕、半導體、發光二極體(LED)之反射器殼體、用於電氣或電子組件之扣件、間隔物、螺釘、條帶、滑入式導引件、螺釘、螺母、膜鉸鏈、彈簧掛鉤(卡扣式)或彈簧舌; -  消費品、農業產品或醫藥產品;較佳為網球線、登山繩、剛毛、刷子、人造草、3D印刷長絲、草修剪器、拉鏈、卡鉤及環圈扣件、造紙機織物、擠壓塗層、漁線、漁網、海上線及繩索、小瓶、注射器、安瓿、瓶、滑動元件、主軸螺母、鏈條式輸送帶、滑動軸承、滾輪、輪、齒輪、滾輪、環齒輪、螺釘及彈簧阻尼器、軟管、管線、電纜護套、插座、開關、電纜束線帶、風扇輪、地毯、化妝品盒或瓶、床墊、緩衝墊、絕緣材料、清潔劑、洗碗錠或洗碗粉、洗髮精、身體清潔劑、沐浴露、肥皂、肥料、殺真菌劑或殺蟲劑; -  食品行業之包裝;較佳為單層或多層吹製膜、鑄造膜(單層或多層)、雙軸拉伸膜或層壓膜;或 -  構造之一部分;較佳為轉輪葉片、絕緣材料、框架、殼體、壁、塗層或分離壁。 69. 如實施例66或67之方法, 其中該聚合物及/或聚合物產物中該經分離之第二聚合物(iii)及/或該經分離之第三聚合物(iv)之含量為1重量%或更多、較佳2重量%或更多、更佳5重量%或更多、更佳15重量%或更多、更佳30重量%或更多、更佳40重量%或更多、更佳60重量%或更多、更佳80重量%或更多、更佳90重量%或更多、更佳95重量%或更多;及/或 其中該聚合物及/或聚合物產物中該經分離之第二聚合物之含量為100重量%或更少、較佳95重量%或更少、更佳90重量%或更少、更佳50重量%或更少、更佳25重量%或更少、更佳10重量%或更少;且 較佳地,其中該含量係基於屬性保存及/或隔離及/或質量平衡及/或書籍及申請專利範圍監管鏈模型,較佳基於質量平衡,較佳國際可持續發展與碳認證(ISCC)標準來確定。 The present invention is further described by the following embodiments and combinations of embodiments as indicated by respective dependencies and cross-references. In particular, it should be noted that in each case where a series of embodiments are mentioned, for example, in the context of a term such as "such as any one of Embodiments 1 to 4...", each embodiment in this scope is meant to be explicitly disclosed to those skilled in the art, that is, the wording of this term is understood by those skilled in the art to be synonymous with "such as any one of Embodiments 1, 2, 3 and 4..." 1. A method for recycling a colored polymeric material, wherein the colored polymeric material comprises (i) a poly(alkylene terephthalate)-based polymer poly[ CH2 ] x terephthalate, wherein x is an integer in the range of 1 to 4; (ii) a coloring agent; and optionally (iii) a second polymer different from the poly(alkylene terephthalate)-based polymer of (i); and optionally (iv) a third polymer different from the poly(alkylene terephthalate)-based polymer of (i) and different from the second polymer of (iii), the method comprising: (a) providing a colored polymeric material and a solvent system; (b) The colored polymeric material provided in (a) is contacted with the solvent system provided in (a) under conditions that allow the removal of the colorant but do not allow the poly(alkylene terephthalate)-based polymer to dissolve, thereby obtaining a solvent system that is rich in colorant compared to the solvent system provided, and a polymeric material with reduced colorant compared to the colored polymeric material provided in (a); (c) depolymerizing or transesterifying the polymeric material with reduced colorant obtained in (b); thereby obtaining monomers and/or oligomers or transesterification products. 2. The method of embodiment 1, wherein (b) comprises: (b.1) providing the colored polymeric material in a first container and providing the solvent system in a second container; wherein the first container and the second container are spatially separated from each other but allow gas and fluid communication between each other; (b.2) forming a gas flow including at least a portion of the solvent system, and removing the gas flow from the second container; (b.3) separating the solvent system in liquid form from the gas flow at a position outside the second container (also outside the first container) to obtain a solvent system in liquid form; (b.4) contacting the colored polymeric material in the first container with the solvent system in liquid form, the solvent system having been separated from the gas flow in (b.3), Thereby, a solvent system is obtained which is enriched in colorant and, if appropriate, in a third polymer (iv) compared to the solvent system provided in (a), and a polymeric material which is reduced in colorant and, if appropriate, in a third polymer (iv) compared to the colored polymeric material provided in (a) and comprises the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer (i) and, if appropriate, the second polymer (iii). 3. The method of embodiment 2, wherein (b.2) comprises: (b.2.1) heating the solvent system to a temperature at least equal to or higher than the boiling temperature of the solvent system; (b.2.2) obtaining a gas stream comprising at least a portion of the solvent system. 4. The method of embodiment 2 or 3, wherein an inert gas is additionally applied, the inert gas forming part of a gas stream comprising at least part of the solvent system. 5. The method of any one of embodiments 2 to 4, wherein (b.2) comprises: (b.2.1') heating the solvent system to a temperature T which is at most 3 K below the boiling temperature of the solvent system; so that a solvent system with an elevated temperature is obtained; (b.2.2') contacting the solvent system with an elevated temperature with an inert gas, preferably passing the inert gas through the solvent system with an elevated temperature, so that a gas stream comprising at least part of the solvent system is formed. 6. A method as described in any one of Examples 2 to 5, wherein (b.3) comprises: (b.3.1) transferring the gas flow from the second container to a position outside the second container (also outside the first container); (b.3.2) separating the portion of the solvent system contained in the gas flow in liquid form from the gas flow at a position outside the second container (also outside the first container) to obtain a solvent system in liquid form. 7. A method as described in any one of Examples 2 to 6, wherein (b.4) comprises: (b.4.1) transferring the liquid form of the solvent system obtained in (b.3.2) to the colored polymer material in the first container; (b.4.2) contacting the colored polymer material in the first container with the liquid form of the solvent system, thereby obtaining a solvent system that is rich in colorant and, if appropriate, a third polymer compared to the solvent system provided in (a), and a polymer material, which has a reduced colorant and, if appropriate, a reduced third polymer compared to the colored polymer material provided in (a) and comprises the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer and, if appropriate, the second polymer. 8. The method of any one of Examples 2 to 7, wherein the first container containing the polymer material and the second container containing the solvent system are spatially separated from each other, wherein the first container containing the polymer material is arranged above the second container containing the solvent system. 9. The method of Example 7 or 8, wherein (b.4.2) comprises contacting the colored polymer material with the liquid form of the solvent system of (b.4.1), wherein the liquid form of the solvent system is dripped onto the colored polymer material. 10. The method of any one of Examples 2 to 9, wherein the inert gas is selected from the group consisting of argon, helium, neon, nitrogen and a mixture of two or more of these inert gases, preferably comprising at least nitrogen, and more preferably, the inert gas is nitrogen. 11. The method of any one of embodiments 2 to 10, wherein the inert gas is directed through the solvent system at a flow rate in the range of 1 to 150 liters per hour, or the inert gas is passed along the surface of the solvent system at a flow rate in the range of 1 to 150 liters per hour. 12. A method as in any one of Examples 2 to 11, further comprising: (b.5) removing the coloring agent-rich and optionally third polymer-rich solvent system obtained in (b.4) or (b.4.2) from the polymeric material (i.e. also from the first container) and recirculating it to the second container containing the solvent system, preferably by dripping it into the second container containing the solvent system (causing the solvent system obtained in (b.4) or (b.4.2) to drip into the second container containing the solvent system). 13. A method as in any one of Examples 2 to 12, wherein (b.2), (b.3) and (b.4), preferably (b.2), (b.3), (b.4) and (b.5) are performed in a continuous mode. 14. A method as in any one of Examples 2 to 13, further comprising: (b.6) at least partially removing the polymer material obtained in (b.4) or (b.4.2), thereby obtaining a polymer material having a reduced colorant and a reduced third polymer (iv) as appropriate compared to the colored polymer material provided in (a) and comprising the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer and the second polymer as appropriate. 15. The method of Example 14 further comprises: (b.7) replacing at least part of the polymer material removed in (b.6) with fresh colored polymer material without replacing the solvent system provided in (a), wherein the fresh colored polymer material comprises a polymer based on polyalkylene terephthalate, a colorant, a second polymer as appropriate, and a third polymer as appropriate, and repeating steps (b.2), (b.3) and (b.4), and optionally repeating (b.5); wherein steps (b.6) and (b.7) are preferably repeated at least once, preferably within a range of one to at least 10 times (batch mode); or wherein steps (b.6) and (b.7) are performed continuously (sweep mode). 16. The method of any one of embodiments 2 to 15, wherein additional fresh solvent system is added in an amount ranging from 1 to 50 wt %, based on the total weight of the solvent system provided in (a) being 100 wt %, wherein the addition is performed discontinuously (batch mode) or continuously (sweep mode). 17. A method as in Example 1, wherein (b) comprises: (b.1') contacting the colored polymer material of (a) with a solvent system at a temperature T of <170°C, thereby obtaining a solvent system that is rich in colorant and, optionally, rich in a third polymer (iv) compared to the solvent system provided in (a), and a polymer material that has reduced colorant and, optionally, reduced third polymer (iv) compared to the colored polymer material provided in (a); (b.2') optionally separating the polymer material from the solvent system, wherein the colorant and, optionally, reduced third polymer (iv) in the polymer material and comprises the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer. 18. The method of embodiment 17, wherein the contacting in (b.1') is carried out at a temperature T in the range of 10 to <170° C., preferably in the range of 110 to 165° C., more preferably in the range of 120 to 150° C. 19. The method of embodiment 17 or 18, wherein (b.1') is carried out at a pressure in the range of 800 to 200,000 hPa. 20. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 19, wherein the solvent system comprises one or more solvents, wherein the solvent system (s.1) has Hansen solubility parameters relative to - energy from dispersion forces between molecules (δD ss ), - energy from dipole intermolecular forces between molecules (δP ss ) and - energy from hydrogen bonds between molecules (δH ss ), which satisfy Equation 1 (11) 2 ≥ 4(δD ss -17.5) 2 + (δP ss -7.5) 2 + (δH ss -7.5) 2 [Equation 1]. 21. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 20, wherein the solvent system comprises one or more solvents, wherein the solvent system (s.1a) has Hansen solubility parameters relative to - energy from dispersion forces between molecules (δD ss ), - energy from dipole intermolecular forces between molecules (δP ss ) and - energy from hydrogen bonds between molecules (δH ss ), which satisfy Equation 2 (8.8) 2 ≥ 4(δD ss -20) 2 + (δP ss -11.8) 2 + (δH ss -4.5) 2 [Equation 2]. 22. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 21, wherein (s.2) each solvent of the solvent system has a boiling point of at least 150°C, preferably at least 160°C at 1013 hPa. 23. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 22, wherein (s.3) does not include a solvent having a functional group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group (OH), an amine group (NH 2 ), a carboxyl group (COOH) and a thiol group (SH). 24. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 23, wherein based on the total weight of the solvent system as 100% by weight, at least 90% by weight, preferably at least 95% by weight, more preferably at least 98% by weight, more preferably in the range of 99 to 100% by weight of the solvent system consists of two or more solvents. 25. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 24, wherein based on the total weight of the solvent system as 100 wt%, at least 90 wt%, preferably at least 95 wt%, more preferably at least 98 wt%, more preferably in the range of 99 to 100 wt% of the solvent system is composed of one solvent, and the one solvent satisfies equations 1 and/or 2. 26. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 25, wherein one or more solvents of the solvent system are selected from the group consisting of: N,N-dimethylbenzamide, N,N-dimethylphenylacetamide, 1,4-benzoquinone, acetophenone, dimethyl terephthalate, 1,3,5-trimethoxybenzene, 2-phenylacetophenone, N-methylcaprolactam, methyl benzoate, methyl-4-methoxybenzoate, butyl carbonate, propylene glycol dibenzoate, N-ethylpyrrolidone, benzophenone, diphenylmethyl malonate, N-ethyl-caprolactam amide, 2-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl)acetate methyl ester (FAME), propiophenone, N-methoxypropyl-pyrrolidone, 1,4-cyclohexanedione, cyclohexane-carbonate, N-methoxyethyl-pyrrolidone, N,N-diethylphenylacetamide, phenyl acetate, 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one acetate (HEPAc), N,N-diethylbenzamide, isopropyl-benzene formate, cyclohexyl phenyl ketone, ethyl phenylacetate, phenylacetic acid ester, N-methyl-phenoxy phthalate, benzyl-propionate, benzyl acetate, neopentyl-diol-dibenzoate, tetrahydrofuran acetate, N-methyl-imidazole, benzyl butyrate, 2-pyrrolidone, 2-phenoxyethanol propionate, 2-phenoxyethyl isobutyrate, N,N-dipropylbenzamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-diethylacetamide, amide, dihydro-L-glucose ketone (Cyrene), propyl carbonate, caprolactone, dimethyl isosorbide, N-butylpyrrolidone, tert-butylpyrrolidone, methyl-1-methyl-5-hydroxypyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (MMOC), γ-valerolactone (GVL), δ-valerolactone, γ-butyrolactone, methyl 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methyl-5-hydroxypentanoate (Rhodiasolv Polarclean), caprolactone, ethyl phenylacetate, methyl phenylacetate, benzyl benzoate, N,N-dimethyllactamide (Agnique AMD 3L) and dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). 27. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 26, wherein one or more solvents of the solvent system are selected from the group consisting of dihydro-levorotatory glucosone (Cyrene), propyl carbonate, caprolactone, dimethyl isosorbide, N-butyl pyrrolidone, tert-butyl pyrrolidone, methyl-1-methyl-5-hydroxypyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (MMOC), γ-valerolactone (GVL), δ-valerolactone, γ-butyrolactone, 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methyl-5-hydroxypentanoic acid methyl ester (Rhodiasolv® Polarclean), caprolactam, phenethyl acetate, methyl phenyl acetate, benzyl benzoate, phenyl benzoate, methyl benzoate, propyl benzoate and dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). 28. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 27, wherein one or more solvents of the solvent system are selected from the group consisting of propyl carbonate, N-butylpyrrolidone, tert-butylpyrrolidone, methyl-1-methyl-5-oxopentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (MMOC), delta-valerolactone, gamma-butyrolactone, methyl 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methyl-5-oxopentylvalerate (Rhodiasolv® Polarclean), caprolactam, phenethyl acetate, methyl phenylacetate, benzyl benzoate, phenyl benzoate, methyl benzoate, propyl benzoate and GVL. 29. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 28, wherein one or more solvents of the solvent system are selected from the group consisting of propyl carbonate, N-butylpyrrolidone, tert-butylpyrrolidone, methyl-1-methyl-5-oxopentylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (MMOC), delta-valerolactone, gamma-butyrolactone, methyl 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methyl-5-oxopentylvalerate (Rhodiasolv® Polarclean), caprolactam, phenethyl acetate, methyl phenylacetate, benzyl benzoate, phenyl benzoate, methyl benzoate, and propyl benzoate. 30. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 29, wherein one or more solvents of the solvent system are selected from the group consisting of propyl carbonate, N-butylpyrrolidone, tert-butylpyrrolidone, methyl-1-methyl-5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (MMOC), methyl 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methyl-5-oxopentanoate (Rhodiasolv® Polarclean), phenylethyl acetate and GVL. 31. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 30, wherein one or more solvents of the solvent system are selected from the group consisting of propyl carbonate, N-butylpyrrolidone, tert-butylpyrrolidone, methyl-1-methyl-5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (MMOC), methyl 5-(dimethylamino)-2-methyl-5-oxopentanoate (Rhodiasolv® Polarclean) and phenylethyl acetate. 32. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 31, wherein the one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of gamma valerolactone (GVL), N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), propyl carbonate, dimethyl sulfoxide acetophenone (DMSO), dihydrolevoglucose ketone (Cyrene), cyclohexanone, and mixtures of two or more thereof, or selected from the group consisting of N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), propyl carbonate, dimethyl sulfoxide acetophenone (DMSO), dihydrolevoglucose ketone (Cyrene), cyclohexanone, and mixtures of two or more thereof. 33. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 32, wherein the one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of GVL, NBP, propyl carbonate, acetophenone, DMSO, and mixtures of two or more thereof, or selected from the group consisting of NBP, propyl carbonate, acetophenone, DMSO, and mixtures of two or more thereof. 34. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 33, wherein the one or more solvents are selected from the group consisting of GVL, NBP, propyl carbonate, acetophenone, and mixtures of two or more thereof, or selected from the group consisting of NBP, propyl carbonate, acetophenone, and mixtures of two or three thereof. 35. The method of any one of Examples 1 to 34, wherein the one or more solvents at least comprise N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), based on the total weight of the one or more solvents as 100 wt%, preferably at least 90 wt% of the one or more solvents, more preferably at least 95 wt%, more preferably at least 98 wt%, more preferably at least 99 wt%, more preferably at least 99.5 wt%, more preferably at least 99.9 wt% of the one or more solvents are NBP, more preferably, the one solvent is NBP; or wherein the one or more solvents at least comprise propylene carbonate, based on the total weight of the one or more solvents as 100 wt%, preferably at least 90 wt% of the one or more solvents , preferably at least 95 wt %, more preferably at least 98 wt %, more preferably at least 99 wt %, more preferably at least 99.5 wt %, more preferably at least 99.9 wt % of the one or more solvents are propylene carbonate, more preferably, the one solvent is propylene carbonate; or wherein the one or more solvents at least comprise acetophenone, based on the total weight of the one or more solvents as 100 wt %, preferably at least 90 wt % of the one or more solvents, more preferably at least 95 wt %, more preferably at least 98 wt %, more preferably at least 99 wt %, more preferably at least 99.5 wt %, more preferably at least 99.9 wt % of the one or more solvents are acetophenone, more preferably, the one solvent is acetophenone. or wherein the one or more solvents at least comprise dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), based on the total weight of the one or more solvents as 100% by weight, preferably at least 90% by weight of the one or more solvents, more preferably at least 95% by weight, more preferably at least 98% by weight, more preferably at least 99% by weight, more preferably at least 99.5% by weight, more preferably at least 99.9% by weight of the one or more solvents are DMSO, and more preferably, the one solvent is DMSO; or wherein the one or more solvents at least comprise dihydro-L-glucose ketone (Cyrene), based on the total weight of the one or more solvents as 100% by weight, preferably at least 90% by weight of the one or more solvents, more preferably at least 98% by weight, more preferably at least 99% by weight, more preferably at least 99.5% by weight, more preferably at least 99.9% by weight of the one or more solvents are DMSO, and more preferably, the one solvent is DMSO. At least 95% by weight, more preferably at least 98% by weight, more preferably at least 99% by weight, more preferably at least 99.5% by weight, more preferably at least 99.9% by weight of the one or more solvents is Cyrene, and more preferably, the one solvent is Cyrene; or wherein the one or more solvents at least contain cyclohexanone, based on the total weight of the one or more solvents as 100% by weight, preferably at least 90% by weight of the one or more solvents, more preferably at least 95% by weight, more preferably at least 98% by weight, more preferably at least 99% by weight, more preferably at least 99.5% by weight, more preferably at least 99.9% by weight of the one or more solvents is cyclohexanone, and more preferably, the one solvent is cyclohexanone. 36. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 35, wherein ethyl benzoate and butyl benzoate are not included as one or more solvents. 37. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 36, wherein the solvent system comprises GVL, wherein based on the total weight of the solvent system as 100 wt%, preferably at least 90 wt%, more preferably at least 95 wt%, more preferably at least 98 wt%, more preferably in the range of 99 to 100 wt% of the solvent system consists of GVL. 38. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 37, wherein the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by a method selected from the group consisting of alcoholysis, glycolysis, hydrolysis, aminolysis, aminolysis and a mixture of two or more of these methods. 39. The method of Example 38, wherein the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by alcoholysis, wherein (c) comprises contacting the colorant-reduced polymerized material obtained in (b) with a C1 to C4 alkyl monoalcohol, thereby obtaining di(C1 to C4 alkyl) terephthalate and/or di(C1 to C4 alkyl) isophthalate and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol. 40. The method of Example 39, wherein the C1 to C4 alkyl monoalcohol is methanol, wherein dimethyl terephthalate and/or dimethyl isophthalate and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol are obtained. 41. A method as in Example 37, wherein the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by glycolysis, wherein (c) comprises contacting the colorant-reduced polymerized material obtained in (b) with a C1 to C6 alkyl diol to obtain bis(hydroxy C1 to C6 alkyl) terephthalate and/or bis(hydroxy C1 to C6 alkyl) isophthalate and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol. 42. The method of Example 41, wherein the C1 to C6 alkyl diol is ethylene glycol, wherein bis(hydroxyethylene)terephthalate and/or bis(hydroxyethylene)isophthalate and/or bis( hydroxyC1 to C6 alkyl)isophthalate and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol are obtained. 43. The method of Example 37, wherein the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by hydrolysis, wherein (c) comprises contacting the colorant-reduced polymerized material obtained in (b) with water, thereby obtaining terephthalic acid (TPA) and/or isophthalic acid and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol. 44. The method of Example 43, wherein the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by alkaline hydrolysis. 45. The method of embodiment 43, wherein the hydrolysis is carried out by enzyme-catalyzed hydrolysis, wherein (c) comprises contacting the colorant-reduced polymerized material obtained in (b) with water in the presence of an enzyme, thereby obtaining terephthalic acid (TPA) and/or isophthalic acid and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol. 46. The method of any one of embodiments 43 to 45, wherein the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by hydrolysis at a pressure in the range of 40 to 120 hPa. 47. The method of embodiment 37, wherein the depolymerization of (c) is performed by hydrolysis, wherein (c) comprises: (c.1) preparing a melt of the colorant-reduced polymeric material, thereby obtaining a melt of the colorant-reduced polymeric material; (c.2) contacting the melt of the polymeric material obtained in (c.1) with an alkali, preferably an inorganic alkali based on an alkali metal, more preferably sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or a mixture of sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, thereby obtaining an alkaline melt; (c.3) The alkaline melt obtained in (c.2) is brought into contact with water, thereby obtaining terephthalate (having corresponding alkali metal cations) and/or isophthalate (having corresponding alkali metal cations) and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol. 48. The method of embodiment 37, wherein the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by aminolysis, wherein (c) comprises contacting the colorant-reduced polymerized material obtained in (b) with a monoalkylamine R1R2NH2 , wherein R1 is a C1 to C4 alkyl group, and R2 is selected from a hydrogen atom and a C1 to C4 alkyl group; thereby obtaining R1R2NC (=O)-phenyl-C(=O ) NR2R1 , wherein the substituent at the phenyl ring is in the para-position or meta-position, and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol. 49. The method of Example 37, wherein the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by aminolysis, wherein (c) comprises contacting the colorant-reduced polymerized material obtained in (b) with ammonia (NH 3 ) to obtain H 2 NC(═O)-phenyl-C(═O)NH 2 , wherein the substituent at the phenyl ring is in the para- or meta-position, and ethylene glycol and/or cyclohexanedimethanol; wherein the ammonia is provided in a solvent-free form or dissolved in a solvent, wherein the solvent is preferably one or more of glycerol, a diol (preferably a C 1 to C 6 alkyl diol), an alcohol (preferably a C 1 to C 4 alkyl monoalcohol). 50. The method of Example 1, wherein the transesterification of (c) is carried out by an acid or base catalyzed reaction with an alcohol. 51. The method of embodiment 50, wherein one or more catalysts containing metal cations are used, wherein the metal is preferably titanium or tin. 52. The method of embodiment 50 or 51, wherein the alcohol is R3 -OH, wherein R3 is a linear or branched C2 to C12 alkyl residue. 53. The method of embodiment 52, wherein the alcohol is selected from the group consisting of 2-ethylhexanol, isopropanol, isononanol, pentanol, butanol, isomers of these alcohols, and mixtures of two or more thereof. 54. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 53, wherein the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer is composed of oxyethylene units or oxybutylene units and oxyterephthalyl units, wherein in the case of oxyethylene units, the oxyterephthalyl units are replaced by oxyisophthalyl units in the range of 0 to 5 mol %, and/or the oxyethylene units are replaced by oxymethylenecyclohexenemethylene units in the range of 0 to 49 mol %; wherein more preferably, the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), poly(ethylene terephthalate-co-ethylene isophthalate) 55. The method of any one of Examples 1 to 54, wherein the third polymer (iv) is an elastic fiber, wherein the elastic fiber comprises, preferably consists of, one or more polyurethane-based elastic fibers and/or one or more polyester-based elastic fibers, and preferably, the elastic fiber comprises, preferably consists of, one or more polyurethane-based elastic fibers, and preferably, at least 40% of each of the above-mentioned polymers, based on 100% by weight of the total weight of the elastic fiber. 56. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 55, wherein the coloring agent is selected from the group consisting of a dye and an optical brightener and a mixture of a dye and an optical brightener. 57. A method as described in any one of Examples 1 to 56, wherein the obtained polymer material with reduced colorant means that the L*a*b* value of the polymer material with reduced colorant changes as compared to the polymer material provided in (a) as follows: the absolute value of a* decreases, preferably by at least 0.2; and/or, preferably, the absolute value of b* changes, preferably by at least 0.2; and/or, preferably, the L* value increases, preferably by at least 4, each compared with the L*a*b* value of the colored polymer material provided in (a), wherein the L*a*b* value is determined according to DIN 5033 and DIN EN ISO 11664-1.6. 58. The method of any one of Examples 1 to 57, if the second polymer (iii) is present in the polymer material provided in (a), the method further comprises: (d) separating the second polymer (iii) from the monomers and/or oligomers or transesterification products obtained in (c), thereby obtaining separate monomers and/or oligomers or transesterification products and separate second polymer (iii). 59. The method of any one of Examples 17 to 58, comprising: (bx) washing the polymer material removed in (b.6) or separated in (b.2') with a washing solvent as appropriate, thereby obtaining a washed polymer material with reduced coloring agent compared to the polymer material provided in (a). 60. The method of any one of embodiments 14 or 17 to 59, comprising: (by) drying the polymeric material removed in (b.6) or separated in (b.2') and/or the washed polymeric material obtained in (bx). 61. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 60, if a third polymer (iv) is present in the polymeric material provided in (a), the method further comprises: (bz) separating the third polymer (iv) from the colorant-rich solvent system obtained in (b), (b.4), (b.4.2.), (b.5) and/or (b.2'), thereby obtaining a separate third polymer (iv). 62. A monomer, oligomer or transesterification product of a polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer obtained or obtainable by the method of any one of Examples 1 to 61, preferably step (d). 63. Preferably the method of any one of Examples 1 to 61, comprising the further step of: - converting, preferably polymerizing, the monomer, oligomer or transesterification product of a polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer obtained or obtainable by the method of any one of Examples 1 to 61 to obtain one or more polymers or polymer products. 64. The method of embodiment 63, wherein the one or more polymers are polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymers, the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymers are composed of oxyethylene units or oxybutylene units and oxyterephthalyl units, wherein in the case of oxyethylene units, the oxyterephthalyl units are replaced by oxyisophthalyl units in the range of 0 to 5 mol %, and/or the oxyethylene units are replaced by oxymethylenecyclohexenemethylene units in the range of 0 to 49 mol %; wherein more preferably, the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), poly(ethylene terephthalate-co-ethylene isophthalate) (PETI), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) and a mixture of two or three of these polymers; wherein more preferably, the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer comprises or is PET. 65. The method of embodiment 63 or 64, wherein the polymer product is a textile, fiber, packaging, plastic, preferably: - A part of a car; preferably a cylinder head cover, an engine cover, a casing for a supercharged air cooler, a supercharged air cooler baffle, an intake pipe, an intake manifold, a connector, a large gear, a fan wheel, a cooling water tank, a casing, a casing part of a heat exchanger, a coolant cooler, a supercharged air cooler, a thermostat, a water pump, a radiator, a fastening part, a battery system part of an electric car, Instrument panels, steering column switches, seats, headrests, center consoles, transmission components, door modules, A, B, C or D pillar covers, spoilers, door handles, exterior mirrors, windshield wipers, windshield wiper guards, decorative grilles, cover strips, roof rails, window frames, sunroof frames, antenna panels, headlights and taillights, engine hoods, cylinder head covers, intake manifolds, airbags, bumpers or coatings; - Cloth; preferably shirts, trousers, pullovers, boots, shoes, soles, leggings or jackets; - Electrical parts; preferably electrical or electronic passive or active components, circuit boards, printed circuit boards, housing components, foils, wires, switches, plugs, sockets, distributors, relays, resistors, capacitors, inductors, bobbins, lamps, diodes, LEDs, transistors, connectors, regulators, integrated circuits (ICs), processors, controllers, memories, sensors, micro switches, micro buttons, semiconductors, reflector housings for light-emitting diodes (LEDs), fasteners, spacers, screws, strips, slide-in guides, screws, nuts, film hinges, spring hooks (snap-on) or spring tongues for electrical or electronic components; - Consumer products, agricultural products or pharmaceutical products; preferably tennis string, climbing rope, bristles, brushes, artificial grass, 3D printing filaments, grass trimmers, zippers, hook and loop fasteners, paper machine fabrics, extruded coatings, fishing lines, fishing nets, marine lines and ropes, vials, syringes, ampoules, bottles, sliding elements, spindle nuts, chain conveyor belts, sliding bearings , rollers, wheels, gears, rollers, ring gears, screws and spring dampers, hoses, pipes, cable jackets, sockets, switches, cable ties, fan wheels, carpets, cosmetic cases or bottles, mattresses, cushions, insulating materials, cleaners, dishwashing tablets or powders, shampoos, body washes, shower gels, soaps, fertilizers, fungicides or insecticides; - packaging for the food industry; preferably single-layer or multi-layer blown film, cast film (single-layer or multi-layer), biaxially stretched film or laminated film; or - part of a structure; preferably a rotor blade, insulation material, frame, shell, wall, coating or separator wall. 66. Preferably, the method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 61 comprises the further step of: - converting the separated second polymer (iii) and/or the separated third polymer (iv) obtainable by or by the method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 64, preferably the separated second polymer (iii) obtained or obtainable from step (d) and/or the separated third polymer (iv) obtained or obtainable from any one of steps (b), (b.4), (b.4.2.), (b.5) and (b.2'), to obtain one or more monomers, polymers or polymer products. 67. The method of Example 66, wherein the polymer is the following and/or the polymer product comprises the following: polyamide (PA); preferably PA 6 or PA 66; polyisocyanate addition polymer; preferably polyurethane (PU), thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), polyurea or polyisocyanurate (PIR); low density polyethylene (LDPE), high density polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyvinyl acetate (PVA), polystyrene (PS), polyacrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polystyrene acrylonitrile (SAN), polyacrylate styrene acrylonitrile (ASA), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), poly(methyl acrylate) (PMA), poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA), polybutadiene (BR, PBD), poly(cis-1,4-isoprene), poly(trans-1,4-isoprene), polyoxymethylene (POM), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polybutylene adipate terephthalate (PBAT), polyester (PES), polyether sulphate (PESU), polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA), poly-3-hydroxybutyrate (P3HB), poly-4-hydroxybutyrate (P4HB), polyhydroxyvalerate (PHV), polyhydroxyhexanoate (PHH), polyhydroxyoctanoate (PHO), polylactic acid (PLA), polysulphide (PSU), polyphenylene sulphide (PPSU), polycarbonate (PC), polyetheretherketone (PEEK), poly(p-phenylene oxide) (PPO), poly(p-phenylene ether) (PPE); or its copolymer or mixture. 68. The method of embodiment 66 or 67, wherein the polymer and/or the polymer product is or is a part of: - a part of a car; preferably a cylinder head cover, an engine cover, a casing for a supercharged air cooler, a supercharged air cooler baffle, an intake pipe, an intake manifold, a connector, a gear, a fan wheel, a cooling water tank, a casing, a casing part of a heat exchanger, a coolant cooler, a supercharged air cooler, a thermostat, a water pump, a radiator, a fastening part, a battery system part of an electric car, Instrument panels, steering column switches, seats, headrests, center consoles, transmission components, door modules, A, B, C or D pillar covers, spoilers, door handles, exterior mirrors, windshield wipers, windshield wiper guards, decorative grilles, cover strips, roof rails, window frames, sunroof frames, antenna panels, headlights and taillights, engine hoods, cylinder head covers, intake manifolds, airbags, bumpers or coatings; - Cloth; preferably shirts, trousers, pullovers, boots, shoes, soles, leggings or jackets; - Electrical parts; preferably electrical or electronic passive or active components, circuit boards, printed circuit boards, housing components, foils, wires, switches, plugs, sockets, distributors, relays, resistors, capacitors, inductors, bobbins, lamps, diodes, LEDs, transistors, connectors, regulators, integrated circuits (ICs), processors, controllers, memories, sensors, micro switches, micro buttons, semiconductors, reflector housings for light-emitting diodes (LEDs), fasteners, spacers, screws, strips, slide-in guides, screws, nuts, film hinges, spring hooks (snap-on) or spring tongues for electrical or electronic components; - Consumer products, agricultural products or pharmaceutical products; preferably tennis string, climbing rope, bristles, brushes, artificial grass, 3D printing filaments, grass trimmers, zippers, hook and loop fasteners, paper machine fabrics, extruded coatings, fishing lines, fishing nets, marine lines and ropes, vials, syringes, ampoules, bottles, sliding elements, spindle nuts, chain conveyor belts, sliding bearings , rollers, wheels, gears, rollers, ring gears, screws and spring dampers, hoses, pipes, cable jackets, sockets, switches, cable ties, fan wheels, carpets, cosmetic cases or bottles, mattresses, cushions, insulating materials, cleaners, dishwashing tablets or powders, shampoos, body washes, shower gels, soaps, fertilizers, fungicides or insecticides; - packaging for the food industry; preferably single-layer or multi-layer blown film, cast film (single-layer or multi-layer), biaxially stretched film or laminated film; or - a part of a structure; preferably a rotor blade, insulating material, frame, shell, wall, coating or separating wall. 69. The method of embodiment 66 or 67, wherein the content of the separated second polymer (iii) and/or the separated third polymer (iv) in the polymer and/or the polymer product is 1 wt % or more, preferably 2 wt % or more, more preferably 5 wt % or more, more preferably 15 wt % or more, more preferably 30 wt % or more, more preferably 40 wt % or more, more preferably 60 wt % or more, more preferably 80 wt % or more, more preferably 90 wt % or more, more preferably 95 wt % or more; and/or wherein the polymer and/or the polymer product or the content of the separated second polymer in the polymer product is 100 wt % or less, preferably 95 wt % or less, more preferably 90 wt % or less, more preferably 50 wt % or less, more preferably 25 wt % or less, more preferably 10 wt % or less; and preferably, wherein the content is determined based on property preservation and/or isolation and/or mass balance and/or book and patent application scope supervision chain model, preferably based on mass balance, preferably International Sustainability and Carbon Certification (ISCC) standards.

藉由以下參考實例、比較實例及實例進一步說明本發明。The present invention is further described by the following reference examples, comparative examples and examples.

實例 用於分析之方法 凝膠滲透層析 ( GPC ) 樣品製備: 將7.5 mg樣品溶解於5 ml溶離劑(六氟異丙醇+0.05重量%三氟乙酸鉀)中隔夜。所有樣品溶液在注入之前藉由Millipore Millex FG (0.2 µm)過濾。將密封的樣品小瓶置放於自動取樣器中。 Examples Methods used for analysis : Gel Permeation Chromatography ( GPC ) : Sample preparation: 7.5 mg of sample was dissolved in 5 ml of solvent (hexafluoroisopropanol + 0.05 wt% potassium trifluoroacetate) overnight. All sample solutions were filtered through Millipore Millex FG (0.2 µm) before injection. The sealed sample vial was placed in the autosampler.

實驗條件: 使用由等度泵、真空脫氣器、自動取樣器及管柱烘箱(40℃)組成之Agilent 1100 HPLC系統。另外,Agilent系統含有差示折射率(DRI)及可變紫外(UVW)偵測器作為偵測器。習知SEC資料之資料擷取及資料處理係由PSS (Polymer Standard Services)之WinGPC Unichrom進行。將Agilent之PL-HFIP保護管柱(7.5×50 mm)及2個PL-HFIP凝膠管柱(7.5×300 mm,9 µ)之組合串聯置放。作為溶離劑,六氟異丙醇+0.05重量%三氟乙酸鉀用於最初提供之材料,而+0.1重量%三氟乙酸鉀用於處理後之樣品,各樣品之流動速率為1毫升/分鐘。各樣品溶液注入50 µl。校準係藉由窄莫耳質量分佈之PMMA標準品(Polymer Standard Services)獲得,對於最初提供之材料,其莫耳質量範圍為M= 800至M = 2.200.000 g/mol,且對於處理後之樣品,其莫耳質量範圍為M = 596至M = 2.050.00 g/mol。此範圍之外的莫耳質量被推斷出。 Experimental conditions: An Agilent 1100 HPLC system consisting of an isocratic pump, vacuum degasser, autosampler and column oven (40°C) was used. In addition, the Agilent system contained a differential refractive index (DRI) and variable ultraviolet (UVW) detector as detectors. Data acquisition and data processing of the known SEC data were performed by WinGPC Unichrom of PSS (Polymer Standard Services). A combination of Agilent's PL-HFIP guard column (7.5×50 mm) and 2 PL-HFIP gel columns (7.5×300 mm, 9 µ) were placed in series. As solubilizer, hexafluoroisopropanol + 0.05 wt% potassium trifluoroacetate was used for the originally supplied material and + 0.1 wt% potassium trifluoroacetate for the treated samples, with a flow rate of 1 ml/min for each sample. 50 µl of each sample solution was injected. Calibration was obtained with PMMA standards (Polymer Standard Services) with a narrow molar mass distribution, ranging from M = 800 to M = 2.200.000 g/mol for the originally supplied material and from M = 596 to M = 2.050.00 g/mol for the treated samples. Molar masses outside this range were extrapolated.

CIE-LAB: L*a*b*值係藉由使用積分球量測樣品且獲得UV/VIS緩解光譜(波長區域為400-700 nm)來測定。此等光譜之資料係藉由軟體OptLab-SPX使用2°標準觀測器及標準光類型C進行分析。OptLab-SPX軟體根據2007年至2014年之DIN 5033及DIN EN ISO 11664-1.6計算L*a*b*值。 CIE-LAB : L*a*b* values are determined by measuring the sample with an integrating sphere and obtaining a UV/VIS light-mitigated spectrum (wavelength region 400-700 nm). The data of these spectra are analyzed by the software OptLab-SPX using a 2° standard observer and standard light type C. OptLab-SPX software calculates L*a*b* values according to DIN 5033 and DIN EN ISO 11664-1.6 from 2007 to 2014.

GC 面積 % 藉由氣相層析(GC)分析樣品,其中方法根據樣品中個別組分之個別滯留時間來偵測樣品中之個別組分。樣品中個別組分之濃度以其峰面積百分比給出,作為GC面積%。 GC Area % : The sample is analyzed by gas chromatography (GC) where the method detects individual components in the sample based on their individual retention times. The concentration of the individual component in the sample is given as a percentage of its peak area, as GC Area %.

化學物質Chemical substances (化學)名稱 (Chemistry) name 縮寫 Abbreviation 聚合材料 Polymer materials 聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯 Polyethylene terephthalate PET PET 包含聚胺基甲酸酯及聚乙二醇或pTHF之嵌段共聚物(≥85重量%聚胺基甲酸酯) Block copolymers containing polyurethane and polyethylene glycol or pTHF (≥85% by weight polyurethane) 彈性纖維(彈性人造纖維) Elastic fiber (elastic man-made fiber) 溶劑 Solvent 2-乙基己醇 2-Ethylhexanol -- -- 乙二醇 Ethylene glycol -- -- water -- -- 丙酮 Acetone -- -- γ-戊內酯 γ-Valerolactone GVL GVL 碳酸氫鈉 Sodium bicarbonate NaHCO 3 NaHCO 3

參考實例 1 單次使用溶劑系統 / 經由氣體流之著色劑移除之一般程序將10 g有色且視情況含有彈性纖維之聚合材料(呈任何處理形式,例如經撕碎/剪切之紡織品、薄片等)置放於具有孔之籃中,該籃置放於反應容器(例如燒瓶)上,尤其在其開口上方,其中添加溶劑系統(溶劑:聚合材料之基於質量之比率為100:1至1:1,較佳80:1至10:1),其中籃以及尤其其中所含之材料不與溶劑系統直接接觸,但籃與反應容器中之溶劑系統之間可進行氣體及液體連通。藉由使用適合的加熱系統(例如油浴、加熱塊、微型工廠容器)將溶劑系統在反應容器中加熱,(i)在惰性氣體氛圍下,加熱至至少等於或高於溶劑系統之沸點溫度,或(ii)加熱至120℃至低於溶劑之沸點溫度至多3 K之範圍內的溫度,且與流動速率為例如24公升/小時之惰性氣體接觸,使得形成包含溶劑系統之氣相,且使氣相與籃中之有色聚合材料接觸,與溶劑系統在冷卻器之表面結合及/或隨後冷凝(亦包括分離氣相中以液體形式含有之溶劑),其中使包含部分著色劑之經冷凝之溶劑系統流回包含溶劑系統之反應容器中。由於連續的惰性氣體流(N 2)及所形成之溶劑系統之蒸汽/冷凝物,上述籃中有色的視情況含有彈性纖維之聚合材料脫色,且視情況移除彈性纖維。在0.1-8小時之後,將系統冷卻,且可收集脫色的及視情況存在之彈性纖維減少之聚合材料,藉此在單獨的反應容器中獲得富含著色劑及視情況存在之彈性纖維的溶劑系統。為了容易移除溶劑系統且加快脫色的及視情況存在之彈性纖維減少之聚合材料片之乾燥過程,可在視情況存在之洗滌步驟中使用少量丙酮。乾燥由此獲得之脫色的及視情況存在之彈性纖維減少之聚合材料片(例如在真空隔室乾燥器中)。 Reference Example 1 : General procedure for single-use solvent system / coloring agent removal via gas flow 10 g of colored and optionally elastic fiber-containing polymer material (in any processed form, such as shredded/sheared textiles, sheets, etc.) are placed in a basket with holes, which is placed on a reaction vessel (such as a flask), especially above its opening, to which a solvent system is added (the ratio of solvent: polymer material based on mass is 100:1 to 1:1, preferably 80:1 to 10:1), wherein the basket and especially the material contained therein are not in direct contact with the solvent system, but gas and liquid communication can be established between the basket and the solvent system in the reaction vessel. The solvent system is heated in a reaction vessel using a suitable heating system (e.g., oil bath, heating block, microfab vessel) (i) under an inert gas atmosphere to a temperature at least equal to or above the boiling point of the solvent system, or (ii) to a temperature from 120°C to at most 30°C below the boiling point of the solvent. K and in contact with an inert gas at a flow rate of, for example, 24 liters/hour, so that a gas phase containing the solvent system is formed and the gas phase is brought into contact with the colored polymeric material in the basket, combined with the solvent system on the surface of the cooler and/or subsequently condensed (also including separation of the solvent contained in the gas phase in liquid form), wherein the condensed solvent system containing part of the coloring agent flows back into the reaction vessel containing the solvent system. Due to the continuous inert gas flow ( N2 ) and the vapor/condensate of the solvent system formed, the colored polymeric material in the basket, optionally containing elastic fibers, is decolorized and the elastic fibers are removed as appropriate. After 0.1-8 hours, the system is cooled and the decolorized and, if applicable, elastic fiber-reduced polymeric material can be collected, thereby obtaining a solvent system rich in coloring agent and, if applicable, elastic fibers in a separate reaction vessel. In order to easily remove the solvent system and accelerate the drying process of the decolorized and, if applicable, elastic fiber-reduced polymeric material flakes, a small amount of acetone can be used in the optional washing step. The decolorized and, if applicable, elastic fiber-reduced polymeric material flakes thus obtained are dried (for example in a vacuum compartment dryer).

在初始脫色步驟(有色的及視情況含有彈性纖維之聚合材料)之前及最終乾燥步驟(再循環及重新獲得之無色的及視情況存在之彈性纖維減少之PET固體)之後分析樣品。在顏色移除之情況下,測定L*a*b*值。The samples were analyzed before the initial decolorization step (colored and, if applicable, elastomeric fiber-containing polymeric material) and after the final drying step (recycling and recovery of the colorless and, if applicable, elastomeric fiber-reduced PET solid). In case of color removal, the L*a*b* values were determined.

實例 1 5 藉由用氣體及再冷凝溶劑系統處理使 PET 脫色根據參考實例1選項(ii)之程序處理聚合材料,結果列於下表1中: 1根據參考實例1選項(ii)之程序,實例1至5之概述材料及結果。 實例編號 溶劑系統 聚合材料 顏色 L*a*b*值 處理前 脫色後 1 GVL PET紡織品 黃色 L* = 78.2 a* = -10.8 b* = 42.3 L* = 86 a* = -1 b* = 6 2 GVL PET紡織品 綠色 L* = 54.8 a* = -32.3 b* = 21.2 L* = 86 a* = -1 b* = 6 3 GVL PET紡織品 藍色 L* = 36.9 a* = 1.0 b* = -6.0 L* = 85 a* = 0 b* = 5 4 GVL PET紡織品 黑色 L* = 35.8 a* = 0.1 b* = -0.8 L* = 81 a* = 1 b* = 7 5 GVL PET紡織品 黑色(不同來源) L* = 36.9 a* = -0.8 b* = -2.3 L* = 88 a* = 0 b* = 2 Examples 1 to 5 : Decolorization of PET by treatment with a gas and recondensing solvent system The polymeric material was treated according to the procedure of Reference Example 1, option (ii), and the results are listed in the following Table 1: Table 1 Summary materials and results of Examples 1 to 5 according to the procedure of Reference Example 1, option (ii). Instance Number Solvent system Polymer Materials color L*a*b* value Before treatment After fading 1 GVL PET Textiles Yellow L* = 78.2 a* = -10.8 b* = 42.3 L* = 86 a* = -1 b* = 6 2 GVL PET Textiles Green L* = 54.8 a* = -32.3 b* = 21.2 L* = 86 a* = -1 b* = 6 3 GVL PET Textiles blue L* = 36.9 a* = 1.0 b* = -6.0 L* = 85 a* = 0 b* = 5 4 GVL PET Textiles black L* = 35.8 a* = 0.1 b* = -0.8 L* = 81 a* = 1 b* = 7 5 GVL PET Textiles Black (different sources) L* = 36.9 a* = -0.8 b* = -2.3 L* = 88 a* = 0 b* = 2

對於實例2之綠色PET紡織品及實例5之黑色PET紡織品,基於GPC測定處理前後之分子量(Mn、Mw)及分散度。結果展示於下表2中。 2處理前後綠色及黑色紡織品之分子量及分散度(GPC) 處理前 處理後 實例 2 之綠色紡織品 數目平均分子量Mn [g/mol] 16900 25800 質量平均分子量Mw [g/mol] 45100 49500 分散度Mw/Mn 2.7 1.9 實例 5 之黑色紡織品 數目平均分子量Mn [g/mol] 16800 29400 質量平均分子量Mw [g/mol] 48500 55700 分散度Mw/Mn 2.9 1.9 For the green PET textile of Example 2 and the black PET textile of Example 5, the molecular weight (Mn, Mw) and dispersion degree before and after treatment were determined based on GPC. The results are shown in Table 2 below. Table 2 Molecular weight and dispersion degree of green and black textiles before and after treatment (GPC) Before treatment After treatment Example 2 : Green Textiles Number average molecular weight Mn [g/mol] 16900 25800 Mass average molecular weight Mw [g/mol] 45100 49500 Dispersion Mw/Mn 2.7 1.9 Example 5 : Black Textile Number average molecular weight Mn [g/mol] 16800 29400 Mass average molecular weight Mw [g/mol] 48500 55700 Dispersion Mw/Mn 2.9 1.9

發現以氣體流形式使用之溶劑系統(此處使用GVL作為溶劑系統)結合再冷凝及/或液體形式之分離,能有效地自聚合材料(此處為不同顏色之PET紡織品)移除著色劑,而至少不損害重新獲得之PET之數目平均分子量Mn (重新獲得之PET之Mn)始終大於或至少等於包含於最初提供之材料中之PET之Mn。甚至同樣適用於質量平均分子量Mw,其在處理後亦始終更大或至少相等。重新獲得之PET的分散度Mw/Mn (質量平均分子量Mw除以數目平均分子量Mn)為包含於所提供之材料(100%)中之PET之分散度Mw/Mn的60至95%之範圍內,較佳75至90%之範圍內。It was found that the use of a solvent system in the form of a gas stream (here GVL was used as solvent system) in combination with recondensation and/or separation in liquid form allows the removal of coloring agents from polymeric materials (here PET textiles of different colors) to be effective without at least damaging the number average molecular weight Mn of the recovered PET (Mn of the recovered PET) which is always greater than or at least equal to the Mn of the PET contained in the material initially provided. The same even applies to the mass average molecular weight Mw, which is also always greater or at least equal after the treatment. The dispersity Mw/Mn (mass average molecular weight Mw divided by the number average molecular weight Mn) of the recovered PET is in the range of 60 to 95%, preferably in the range of 75 to 90%, of the dispersity Mw/Mn of the PET contained in the material provided (100%).

實例 6 PET DOTP 轉酯化將配備有蒸餾管柱之反應器用2-乙基己醇(8.0當量,基於重量)、來自實例2之顏色減少之PET (1.0當量,基於重量)及NaHCO 3(1.25重量%,相比於100重量%之PET)填充。將經攪拌之混合物加熱至至多220℃,同時連續蒸餾出2-乙基己醇及乙二醇之混合物。將與蒸餾出之2-乙基己醇相比等效量的新鮮2-乙基己醇添加至反應混合物中。繼續蒸餾直至餾出物不再含有任何乙二醇,此係藉由密度之量測來測定。蒸餾掉過量的2-乙基己醇,且藉由過濾(例如在120℃下之加熱壓力過濾),視情況用過濾助劑分離粗產物對苯二甲酸二辛酯DOTP,對苯二甲酸雙(2-乙基己基)酯。 DOTP之純度(GC面積%):99.85% Example 6 : Transesterification of PET to DOTP A reactor equipped with a distillation column was filled with 2-ethylhexanol (8.0 equivalents, based on weight), the color-reduced PET from Example 2 (1.0 equivalents, based on weight), and NaHCO 3 (1.25 wt %, compared to 100 wt % PET). The stirred mixture was heated to up to 220° C. while continuously distilling off a mixture of 2-ethylhexanol and ethylene glycol. An equivalent amount of fresh 2-ethylhexanol compared to the distilled 2-ethylhexanol was added to the reaction mixture. Distillation was continued until the distillate no longer contained any ethylene glycol, which was determined by density measurement. Excess 2-ethylhexanol is distilled off and the crude product dioctyl terephthalate DOTP, bis(2-ethylhexyl) terephthalate is separated by filtration (e.g., heated pressure filtration at 120°C), optionally with a filter aid. Purity of DOTP (GC area %): 99.85%

參考實例 2 :溶液中之著色劑移除將PET紡織品(具有任何顏色)剪切/撕碎成片且置放於反應容器(例如燒瓶、管、反應容器)中。添加溶劑系統(溶劑:聚合材料之基於質量之比率為100:1至1:1,較佳10:1至1:1),且藉由使用適合的加熱系統(例如油浴、加熱塊、微型工廠容器)將混合物加熱至60至160℃之範圍內的溫度。在0.5-8小時之後,過濾混合物,藉此獲得著色劑及脫色聚合材料富集之溶劑,且將顏色減少之聚合材料用少量各別溶劑洗滌。為了容易移除該溶劑且加快顏色減少之聚合材料片之乾燥過程,可在第二洗滌步驟中使用少量丙酮。將由此獲得之顏色減少之聚合材料乾燥(例如在真空隔室乾燥器中)。 Reference Example 2 : Removal of coloring agent from solution PET textile (of any color) is cut/torn into pieces and placed in a reaction vessel (e.g., flask, tube, reaction vessel). A solvent system is added (solvent: polymer material ratio based on mass is 100:1 to 1:1, preferably 10:1 to 1:1), and the mixture is heated to a temperature in the range of 60 to 160° C. by using a suitable heating system (e.g., oil bath, heating block, micro-factory container). After 0.5-8 hours, the mixture is filtered, thereby obtaining a solvent enriched in coloring agent and decolorized polymer material, and the color-reduced polymer material is washed with a small amount of the respective solvent. In order to facilitate the removal of the solvent and to speed up the drying process of the depigmented polymeric material sheet, a small amount of acetone may be used in the second washing step. The depigmented polymeric material thus obtained is dried (for example in a vacuum chamber dryer).

實例 7 藉由在溶液中用溶劑系統處理使 PET 脫色根據參考實例2之程序,將10 g黑色PET紡織品用GVL作為溶劑在150℃下處理4小時。測定處理前後之L*a*b*值。結果列於下表3中: 3實例7之概述材料及結果-L*a*b*值 實例編號 溶劑系統 聚合材料 顏色 L*a*b*值 處理前 處理後(脫色) 7 GVL PET紡織品 黑色 L* = 36.9 a* = -0.7 b* = -2.3 L* = 88 a* = 0.9 b* = 2.2 Example 7 : Decolorization of PET by treatment with a solvent system in solution According to the procedure of Reference Example 2, 10 g of black PET textile was treated with GVL as solvent at 150°C for 4 hours. The L*a*b* values before and after treatment were determined. The results are listed in Table 3 below: Table 3 Summary of Example 7 Materials and Results - L*a*b* Values Instance Number Solvent system Polymer Materials color L*a*b* value Before treatment After treatment (decolorization) 7 GVL PET Textiles black L* = 36.9 a* = -0.7 b* = -2.3 L* = 88 a* = 0.9 b* = 2.2

實例 8 解聚合將0.5 g來自實例7之先前脫色之PET紡織品薄片、4.25 g乙醇、0.75 g去離子水及0.23 g氫氧化鈉之混合物填充至具有磁攪拌器之玻璃容器中,且藉由微波輻射加熱至160℃,持續1小時。使白色懸浮液冷卻至環境溫度,過濾且用乙醇(2×2 ml)洗滌。將所獲得之白色固體再溶解於10 g熱水中且過濾,得到無色澄清溶液。另外,將濾液用0.5 g濃硫酸處理,從而產生白色細粉末沉澱。將所獲得之固體藉由過濾移除,在80℃下在真空中乾燥隔夜,得到呈白色固體狀之對苯二甲酸(0.36 g,產率96%)。量測產物之 1H NMR光譜且展示無雜質(圖1)。 Example 8 : Depolymerization A mixture of 0.5 g of previously decolorized PET textile flakes from Example 7, 4.25 g of ethanol, 0.75 g of deionized water and 0.23 g of sodium hydroxide was filled into a glass container with a magnetic stirrer and heated to 160° C. by microwave irradiation for 1 hour. The white suspension was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered and washed with ethanol (2×2 ml). The white solid obtained was redissolved in 10 g of hot water and filtered to give a colorless clear solution. In addition, the filtrate was treated with 0.5 g of concentrated sulfuric acid, resulting in a white fine powder precipitate. The obtained solid was removed by filtration and dried in vacuum at 80° C. overnight to afford terephthalic acid (0.36 g, yield 96%) as a white solid. The 1 H NMR spectrum of the product was measured and showed no impurities ( FIG. 1 ).

比較實例 1 根據先前技術之脫色US 2016/0009893 A1描述用乙二醇(EG)移除顏色。將10 g 黑色PET紡織品剪切/撕碎成片且置放於反應容器(例如燒瓶、管、反應容器)中。添加100 mL乙二醇,且藉由使用適合的加熱系統(例如油浴、加熱塊、微型工廠容器)將混合物加熱至150℃之溫度。在4小時之後,過濾混合物,且將聚合材料用少量乙二醇洗滌。為了容易移除乙二醇且加快聚合材料片之乾燥過程,可在第二洗滌步驟中使用少量丙酮。將由此獲得之聚合材料乾燥(例如在真空隔室乾燥器中)。測定處理前後之L*a*b*值,以及藉由GPC測定處理前後之分子量及分散度。結果列於下表4及表6中: 4比較實例1之概述材料及結果-L*a*b*值 實例編號 溶劑系統 聚合材料 顏色 L*a*b*值 處理前 處理後(未脫色) 7 GVL PET紡織品 黑色 L* = 36.9 a* = -0.7 b* = -2.3 L* = 54 a* = 0 b* = 1 5比較實例1之概述材料及結果-GPC 實例編號 溶劑系統 聚合材料 顏色 數目平均分子量Mn [g/mol] 質量平均分子量Mw [g/mol] 分散度Mw/Mn 7 GVL PET紡織品 黑色 17300 15700 48600 38200 2.8 2.4 Comparative Example 1 : Decolorization according to the prior art US 2016/0009893 A1 describes the removal of color with ethylene glycol (EG). 10 g of black PET textile are cut/shredded into pieces and placed in a reaction vessel (e.g., a flask, a tube, a reaction vessel). 100 mL of ethylene glycol are added, and the mixture is heated to a temperature of 150° C. by using a suitable heating system (e.g., an oil bath, a heating block, a microfactory container). After 4 hours, the mixture is filtered and the polymeric material is washed with a small amount of ethylene glycol. In order to easily remove the ethylene glycol and speed up the drying process of the polymeric material pieces, a small amount of acetone can be used in the second washing step. The polymeric material thus obtained is dried (e.g., in a vacuum compartment dryer). The L*a*b* values before and after treatment were measured, and the molecular weight and dispersity before and after treatment were measured by GPC. The results are listed in Tables 4 and 6 below: Table 4 Summary of Comparative Example 1 Materials and Results - L*a*b* Values Instance Number Solvent system Polymer Materials color L*a*b* value Before treatment After treatment (not faded) 7 GVL PET Textiles black L* = 36.9 a* = -0.7 b* = -2.3 L* = 54 a* = 0 b* = 1 Table 5 Summary of Materials and Results of Comparative Example 1 - GPC Instance Number Solvent system Polymer Materials color Number average molecular weight Mn [g/mol] Mass average molecular weight Mw [g/mol] Dispersion Mw/Mn 7 GVL PET Textiles black forward back forward back forward back 17300 15700 48600 38200 2.8 2.4

發現乙二醇不能使PET脫色,如自實例7之L*a*b*值(表2)相對於比較實例1之L*a*b*值(表4)顯而易見。另外,嘗試使用乙二醇作為脫色溶劑導致PET之分子質量平均值顯著降低。It was found that ethylene glycol was not able to decolorize PET, as is evident from the L*a*b* values of Example 7 (Table 2) compared to the L*a*b* values of Example 1 (Table 4). In addition, attempts to use ethylene glycol as a decolorizing solvent resulted in a significant decrease in the average molecular weight of PET.

實例 9 12 藉由用氣體及再冷凝溶劑系統處理使 PET 脫色根據參考實例1選項(i)之程序處理聚合材料,結果列於下表6中: 6根據參考實例1選項(i)之一般程序,實例9、10、11及12之概述材料及結果。 實例編號 聚合材料 溶劑系統 顏色 L*a*b*值 處理前 脫色後 9 PET紡織品 GVL 黑色 L* = 36.9 a* = -0.8 b* = -2.3 L* = 84 a* = 0 b* = 2 10 PET紡織品 Cyrene 黑色 L* = 36.9 a* = -0.8 b* = -2.3 L* = 89 a* = -1 b* = 2 11 PET紡織品 DMSO 黑色 L* = 36.9 a* = -0.8 b* = -2.3 L* = 87 a* = -1 b* = 1 12 PET紡織品 環己酮 黑色 L* = 36.9 a* = -0.8 b* = -2.3 L* = 87 a* = 0 b* = 4 Examples 9 to 12 : Decolorization of PET by treatment with a gas and recondensing solvent system The polymeric material was treated according to the procedure of option (i) of reference example 1 and the results are listed in the following Table 6: Table 6 Summary materials and results of Examples 9, 10, 11 and 12 according to the general procedure of option (i) of reference example 1. Instance Number Polymer Materials Solvent system color L*a*b* value Before treatment After fading 9 PET Textiles GVL black L* = 36.9 a* = -0.8 b* = -2.3 L* = 84 a* = 0 b* = 2 10 PET Textiles Cyrene black L* = 36.9 a* = -0.8 b* = -2.3 L* = 89 a* = -1 b* = 2 11 PET Textiles DMSO black L* = 36.9 a* = -0.8 b* = -2.3 L* = 87 a* = -1 b* = 1 12 PET Textiles Cyclohexanone black L* = 36.9 a* = -0.8 b* = -2.3 L* = 87 a* = 0 b* = 4

發現使用氣體流形式之溶劑系統結合再冷凝及/或液體形式之分離,能有效地自聚合材料(此處為不同顏色之PET紡織品)移除著色劑。It was found that the use of a solvent system in the form of a gas stream combined with recondensation and/or separation in the form of a liquid can effectively remove coloring agents from polymeric materials (here PET textiles of different colors).

所引用之文獻-       Raheem et al., Journal of Cleaner Production 225 (2019) 1052e1064 -       Paszun et al., Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 1997, 36, 1373 -       Barnard et al., Green Chem., 2021, 23, 3765-3789 -       EP 2 784 110 A1 -       US 10,876,240 B2 -       DE 2223466 A1 -       “Dyes and Pigments” Metin Açikyildiz, Kübra Günes, Ahmet Gürses Springer, 2016 (ISBN: 10 :3319338900) -       Industrial Organic Pigments - Klaus Hunger, Thomas Heber, Martin U. Schmidt, Friedrich Reisinger, Stefan Wanne Wiley-VCH, 4 thedition, 2018 (ISBN: 978-3-527-32608-2) -       Chemistry and Technology of Natural and Synthetic Dyes and Pigments - Ashis Kumar Samanta, Nasser Awwad, IntechOpen, 2020 (ISBN: 9781789859980, 9781789859973, 9781839687587) -       Encyclopedia of Color, Dyes, Pigments - Volume 1, Gerhard Pfaff, de Gruyter, 2021 (ISBN: 311058588X) -       Heinrich Zollinger: Color Chemistry: Syntheses, Properties, and Applications of Organic Dyes and Pigments. 3 rdedition. WILEY-VCH Verlag, Weinheim 2003 (ISBN: 3-906390-23-3) -       Klaus Hunger (Ed.): Industrial Dyes: Chemistry, Properties, Applications. WILEY-VCH Verlag, Weinheim 2003 (ISBN: 3-662-01950-7) -       Hermann Rath: Lehrbuch der Textilchemie. einschl. der textilchemischen Technologie. 2nd edition. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg 1963 (ISBN: 978-3-662-00065-6) -       Wilfried Kratzert, Rasmus Peichert: Farbstoffe. Quelle & Meyer, Heidelberg 1981 (ISBN: 3-494-01021-8) -       Ullmann's Encyclopedia of industrial chemistry, Wiley-VCH, 2000, sections “dyes and pigments” and “dyes, general survey” (ISBN: 9783527303854) -       Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA. 2018, section „Polyesters“, 10.1002/14356007.a21_227.pub2 -       “Industrial Organic Chemistry”, 3. volume, Wiley-VCH, 1997, ISBN: 978-3-527-28838-0, -       „Kunststoffhandbuch“, Carl Hanser Verlag; vol. 6, „Polyamide“, 1. edition, 1966, -       Kunststoffhandbuch“, Carl Hanser Verlag; vol. 7, „Polyurethane", 3. edition, 1993, -       Kunststoffhandbuch“, Carl Hanser Verlag; vol. 8, “Polyester”, 2. edition 1973; -       “Industrial Organic Chemistry”, 3. volume, Wiley-VCH, 1997, ISBN: 978-3-527-28838-0, -       “Injection Molding Reference Guide, 4th edition, CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2011, ISBN: 978-1466407824, -       EP 0989146 A1 -       EP 1460094 A1 -       WO 2006034800 A1 -       EP 1529792 A1 -       WO 2006042674 A1 -       EP 0364854 A2 -       US 5506275 A -       EP 0897402 A1 -       WO 2015082316 A1 -       WO 2021021855 A1 -       WO 2021126938 A1 -       WO 2021021902 A1 -       WO 2021092311 A1 -       WO 2008155271 A1 -       WO 2013139827 A1 -       US 2016/0009893 A1 Cited literature - Raheem et al., Journal of Cleaner Production 225 (2019) 1052e1064 - Paszun et al., Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 1997, 36, 1373 - Barnard et al., Green Chem., 2021, 23, 3765-3789 - EP 2 784 110 A1 - US 10,876,240 B2 - DE 2223466 A1 - “Dyes and Pigments” Metin Açikyildiz, Kübra Günes, Ahmet Gürses Springer, 2016 (ISBN: 10 : 3319338900) - Industrial Organic Pigments - Klaus Hunger, Thomas Heber, Martin U. Schmidt, Friedrich Reisinger, Stefan Wanne Wiley-VCH, 4 th edition, 2018 (ISBN: 978-3-527-32608-2) - Chemistry and Technology of Natural and Synthetic Dyes and Pigments - Ashis Kumar Samanta, Nasser Awwad, IntechOpen, 2020 (ISBN: 9781789859980, 9781789859973, 9781839687587) - Encyclopedia of Color, Dyes, Pigments - Volume 1, Gerhard Pfaff, de Gruyter, 2021 (ISBN: 311058588X) - Heinrich Zollinger: Color Chemistry: Syntheses, Properties, and Applications of Organic Dyes and Pigments. 3rd edition. WILEY-VCH Verlag, Weinheim 2003 (ISBN: 3-906390-23-3) - Klaus Hunger (Ed.): Industrial Dyes: Chemistry, Properties, Applications. WILEY-VCH Verlag, Weinheim 2003 (ISBN: 3-662-01950-7) - Hermann Rath: Lehrbuch der Textilchemie. einschl. der textilchemischen Technologie. 2nd edition. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg 1963 (ISBN: 978-3-662-00065-6) - Wilfried Kratzert, Rasmus Peichert: Farbstoffe . Quelle & Meyer, Heidelberg 1981 (ISBN: 3-494-01021-8) - Ullmann's Encyclopedia of industrial chemistry, Wiley-VCH, 2000, sections “dyes and pigments” and “dyes, general survey” (ISBN: 9783527303854) - Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA. 2018, section „Polyesters“, 10.1002/14356007.a21_227.pub2 - “Industrial Organic Chemistry”, 3. volume, Wiley-VCH, 1997, ISBN: 978-3-527-28838-0, - „Kunststoffhandbuch“, Carl Hanser Verlag; vol. 6, „Polyamide“, 1. edition, 1966, - Kunststoffhandbuch", Carl Hanser Verlag; vol. 7, „Polyurethane", 3. edition, 1993, - Kunststoffhandbuch", Carl Hanser Verlag; vol. 8, "Polyester", 2. edition 1973; - "Industrial Organic Chemistry", 3. volume, Wiley-VCH, 1997, ISBN: 978-3-527-28838-0, - "Injection Molding Reference Guide, 4th edition, CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2011, ISBN: 978-1466407824, - EP 0989146 A1 - EP 1460094 A1 - WO 2006034800 A1 - EP 1529792 A1 - WO 2006042674 A1 - EP 0364854 A2 - US 5506275 A - EP 0897402 A1 - WO 2015082316 A1 - WO 2021021855 A1 - WO 2021126938 A1 - WO 2021021902 A1 - WO 2021092311 A1 - WO 2008155271 A1 - WO 2013139827 A1 - US 2016/0009893 A1

圖1 展示自DMSO- d 6(*)中實例8之解聚合獲得之對苯二甲酸的 1H NMR光譜。 FIG1 shows the 1 H NMR spectrum of terephthalic acid obtained from the depolymerization of Example 8 in DMSO- d 6 (*).

Claims (13)

一種用於再循環有色聚合材料之方法,其中該有色聚合材料包含(i)基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物;(ii)著色劑;及視情況存在之(iii)第二聚合物,其與(i)之該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物不同;以及視情況存在之(iv)第三聚合物,其與(i)之該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物不同且與(iii)之該第二聚合物不同,該方法包含: (a)  提供有色聚合材料及包含γ戊內酯(GVL)之溶劑系統; (b)  在允許著色劑移除但不允許該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物溶解的條件下,使(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料與(a)中提供之該包含GVL之溶劑系統接觸,藉此獲得與所提供之該溶劑系統相比富含著色劑之溶劑系統,以及與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少之聚合材料; (c)  使(b)中所獲得之該著色劑減少之聚合材料解聚合或轉酯化;藉此獲得單體及/或寡聚物或轉酯化產物。 A method for recycling a colored polymeric material, wherein the colored polymeric material comprises (i) a polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer; (ii) a colorant; and optionally (iii) a second polymer different from the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer of (i); and optionally (iv) a third polymer different from the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer of (i) and different from the second polymer of (iii), the method comprising: (a) providing a colored polymeric material and a solvent system comprising gamma valerolactone (GVL); (b) Contacting the colored polymeric material provided in (a) with the solvent system comprising GVL provided in (a) under conditions that allow removal of the colorant but do not allow dissolution of the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer, thereby obtaining a solvent system enriched in colorant compared to the solvent system provided, and a polymeric material reduced in colorant compared to the colored polymeric material provided in (a); (c)  depolymerizing or transesterifying the polymeric material reduced in colorant obtained in (b); thereby obtaining monomers and/or oligomers or transesterification products. 如請求項1之方法,其中(b)包含: (b.1) 在第一容器中提供該有色聚合材料,且在第二容器中提供該溶劑系統; 其中第一容器及第二容器在空間上彼此分離配置,但允許彼此之間氣體及流體連通; (b.2) 形成包含至少部分該溶劑系統之氣體流,且自該第二容器移除該氣體流; (b.3) 使該溶劑系統在該第二容器外部(亦在該第一容器外部)之位置處以液體形式自該氣體流分離,獲得液體形式之溶劑系統; (b.4) 使該第一容器中之該有色聚合材料與該液體形式之溶劑系統接觸,該溶劑系統已在(b.3)中自該氣體流分離, 藉此獲得與(a)中提供之該溶劑系統相比富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物(iv)的溶劑系統,以及聚合材料,該聚合材料與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少及第三聚合物(iv)視情況減少且包含該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物(i)及視情況存在之第二聚合物(iii)。 The method of claim 1, wherein (b) comprises: (b.1) providing the colored polymer material in a first container and providing the solvent system in a second container; wherein the first container and the second container are spatially separated from each other but allow gas and fluid communication between each other; (b.2) forming a gas stream containing at least a portion of the solvent system and removing the gas stream from the second container; (b.3) separating the solvent system in liquid form from the gas stream at a position outside the second container (also outside the first container) to obtain a solvent system in liquid form; (b.4) contacting the colored polymer material in the first container with the solvent system in liquid form, the solvent system having been separated from the gas stream in (b.3), Thereby, a solvent system rich in colorant and optionally third polymer (iv) compared to the solvent system provided in (a) is obtained, as well as a polymeric material which is reduced in colorant and optionally third polymer (iv) compared to the colored polymeric material provided in (a) and comprises the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer (i) and optionally a second polymer (iii). 如請求項1之方法,其中(b)包含: (b.1') 在<170℃之溫度T下使(a)之該有色聚合材料與溶劑系統接觸,藉此獲得與(a)中提供之該溶劑系統相比富含著色劑及視情況富含第三聚合物(iv)的溶劑系統,以及與(a)中提供之該有色聚合材料相比著色劑減少及第三聚合物(iv)視情況減少的聚合材料; (b.2') 視情況自該溶劑系統分離該聚合材料,該聚合材料中著色劑減少及第三聚合物(iv)視情況減少且包含該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物。 The method of claim 1, wherein (b) comprises: (b.1') contacting the colored polymer material of (a) with a solvent system at a temperature T of <170°C, thereby obtaining a solvent system rich in colorant and optionally rich in a third polymer (iv) compared to the solvent system provided in (a), and a polymer material having reduced colorant and optionally reduced third polymer (iv) compared to the colored polymer material provided in (a); (b.2') optionally separating the polymer material from the solvent system, wherein the colorant and optionally the third polymer (iv) are reduced and the polymer material comprises the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer. 如請求項1至3中任一項之方法,其中以該溶劑系統之總重量為100重量%計,至少90重量%,更佳至少95重量%,更佳至少98重量%,更佳99至100重量%之範圍內的該溶劑系統係由GVL組成。A method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein, based on the total weight of the solvent system as 100 weight %, at least 90 weight %, more preferably at least 95 weight %, more preferably at least 98 weight %, and more preferably in the range of 99 to 100 weight % of the solvent system consists of GVL. 如請求項1至4中任一項之方法,其中(c)之該解聚合係藉由選自由以下組成之群的方法進行:醇解、醣解、水解、胺解、氨解及此等方法中之兩者或更多者之混合物。The method of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the depolymerization of (c) is carried out by a method selected from the group consisting of alcoholysis, glycolysis, hydrolysis, aminolysis, aminolysis and a mixture of two or more of these methods. 如請求項1至4中任一項之方法,其中(c)之該轉酯化係藉由與醇之酸或鹼催化反應進行。The method of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the transesterification of (c) is carried out by an acid- or base-catalyzed reaction with an alcohol. 如請求項1至6中任一項之方法,其中該第二聚合物(iii)係選自由以下組成之群:聚丙烯(PP);聚乙烯(PE);聚醯胺(PA),較佳PA6及/或PA66;天然聚合物,較佳棉、黏膠纖維、亞麻及其兩者或更多者之混合物;及/或其中該第三聚合物(iv)為彈性纖維,該彈性纖維較佳包含一或多種基於聚胺基甲酸酯之彈性纖維及/或一或多種基於聚酯之彈性纖維,較佳由其組成,更佳地,該彈性纖維包含一或多種基於聚胺基甲酸酯之彈性纖維,較佳由其組成,其中各自以該彈性纖維之總重量為100重量%計,更佳至少40重量%、更佳至少45重量%、更佳至少50重量%、更佳至少55重量%、更佳至少60重量%、更佳至少65重量%、更佳至少70重量%、更佳至少75重量%、更佳至少80重量%、更佳至少85重量%、更佳至少90重量%、更佳至少95重量%、更佳至少99.9重量%之該彈性纖維為一或多種基於聚胺基甲酸酯之彈性纖維。The method of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the second polymer (iii) is selected from the group consisting of: polypropylene (PP); polyethylene (PE); polyamide (PA), preferably PA6 and/or PA66; natural polymers, preferably cotton, viscose, linen and mixtures of two or more thereof; and/or wherein the third polymer (iv) is an elastic fiber, the elastic fiber preferably comprises, preferably consists of, one or more polyurethane-based elastic fibers and/or one or more polyester-based elastic fibers, more preferably, the elastic fiber comprises one or more polyamine-based elastic fibers. Preferably, the elastic fiber is composed of an elastic fiber based on polyurethane, wherein, based on the total weight of the elastic fiber as 100 weight%, preferably at least 40 weight%, preferably at least 45 weight%, preferably at least 50 weight%, preferably at least 55 weight%, preferably at least 60 weight%, preferably at least 65 weight%, preferably at least 70 weight%, preferably at least 75 weight%, preferably at least 80 weight%, preferably at least 85 weight%, preferably at least 90 weight%, preferably at least 95 weight%, preferably at least 99.9 weight% of the elastic fiber is one or more polyurethane-based elastic fibers. 如請求項1至7中任一項之方法,其中該著色劑係選自由以下組成之群:染料及光學增亮劑以及染料及光學增亮劑之混合物。The method of any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the coloring agent is selected from the group consisting of a dye and an optical brightener and a mixture of a dye and an optical brightener. 如請求項1至8中任一項之方法,其中該基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物包含PET或為PET。A method as in any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer comprises or is PET. 一種基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物之單體、寡聚物或轉酯化產物,其藉由或可藉由如請求項1至9中任一項之方法獲得。A monomer, oligomer or transesterification product of a polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer, which is obtained or obtainable by the method of any one of claims 1 to 9. 如請求項1至9中任一項之方法,其包含另外的步驟: 使根據或可根據請求項1至10中任一項可獲得之基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物之單體、寡聚物或轉酯化產物轉化,較佳聚合,以獲得一或多種聚合物或聚合物產物;其中該一或多種聚合物較佳為基於聚對苯二甲酸烷二酯之聚合物;且其中該聚合物產物為紡織品、纖維、包裝、塑膠,更佳為: 汽車之一部分;較佳為汽缸頭蓋罩、發動機罩、用於增壓空氣冷卻器之殼體、增壓空氣冷卻器擋板、進氣管、進氣歧管、連接器、大齒輪、風扇輪、冷卻水箱、殼體、熱交換器之殼體部件、冷卻劑冷卻器、增壓空氣冷卻器、恆溫器、水泵、輻射器、緊固部件、電動汽車之電池系統部件、儀錶板、轉向柱開關、座椅、頭枕、中控台、傳動組件、車門模組、A、B、C或D柱罩、擾流板、車門把手、外後視鏡、擋風雨刷、擋風雨刷保護殼體、裝飾格柵、蓋條、車頂導軌、窗框、天窗框、天線面板、前燈及尾燈、發動機罩、汽缸頭蓋罩、進氣歧管、安全氣囊、緩衝墊或塗層; 布;較佳為襯衫、褲子、套頭毛衣、靴子、鞋子、鞋底、緊身褲或夾克; 電氣部件;較佳為電氣或電子無源或有源組件、電路板、印刷電路板、殼體組件、箔、線、開關、插頭、插座、分配器、繼電器、電阻器、電容器、電感器、線軸、燈、二極體、LED、電晶體、連接器、調節器、積體電路(IC)、處理器、控制器、記憶體、感測器、微動開關、微動按鈕、半導體、發光二極體(LED)之反射器殼體、用於電氣或電子組件之扣件、間隔物、螺釘、條帶、滑入式導引件、螺釘、螺母、膜鉸鏈、彈簧掛鉤(卡扣式)或彈簧舌; 消費品、農業產品或醫藥產品;較佳為網球線、登山繩、剛毛、刷子、人造草、3D印刷長絲、草修剪器、拉鏈、卡鉤及環圈扣件、造紙機織物、擠壓塗層、漁線、漁網、海上線及繩索、小瓶、注射器、安瓿、瓶、滑動元件、主軸螺母、鏈條式輸送帶、滑動軸承、滾輪、輪、齒輪、滾輪、環齒輪、螺釘及彈簧阻尼器、軟管、管線、電纜護套、插座、開關、電纜束線帶、風扇輪、地毯、化妝品盒或瓶、床墊、緩衝墊、絕緣材料、清潔劑、洗碗錠或洗碗粉、洗髮精、身體清潔劑、沐浴露、肥皂、肥料、殺真菌劑或殺蟲劑; 食品行業之包裝;較佳為單層或多層吹製膜、鑄造膜(單層或多層)、雙軸拉伸膜或層壓膜;或 構造之一部分;較佳為轉輪葉片、絕緣材料、框架、殼體、壁、塗層或分離壁。 A method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 9, comprising the further step of: Converting, preferably polymerizing, a monomer, oligomer or transesterification product of a polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymer obtainable according to or obtainable according to any one of claims 1 to 10 to obtain one or more polymers or polymer products; wherein the one or more polymers are preferably polyalkylene terephthalate-based polymers; and wherein the polymer product is a textile, fiber, packaging, plastic, more preferably: A part of a car; preferably a cylinder head cover, an engine cover, a casing for a supercharged air cooler, a supercharged air cooler baffle, an intake pipe, an intake manifold, a connector, a large gear, a fan wheel, a cooling water tank, a casing, a casing part of a heat exchanger, a coolant cooler, a supercharged air cooler, a thermostat, a water pump, a radiator, a fastening part, a battery system part of an electric car, an instrument Dashboards, steering column switches, seats, headrests, center consoles, transmission components, door modules, A, B, C or D pillar covers, spoilers, door handles, exterior mirrors, windshield wipers, windshield wiper guards, decorative grilles, cover strips, roof rails, window frames, sunroof frames, antenna panels, headlights and taillights, engine hoods, cylinder head covers, intake manifolds, airbags, bumpers or coatings; Cloth; preferably shirts, trousers, pullovers, boots, shoes, soles, leggings or jackets; Electrical parts; preferably electrical or electronic passive or active components, circuit boards, printed circuit boards, housing components, foils, wires, switches, plugs, sockets, distributors, relays, resistors, capacitors, inductors, bobbins, lamps, diodes, LEDs, transistors, connectors, regulators, integrated circuits (ICs), processors, controllers, memories, sensors, micro switches, micro buttons, semiconductors, reflector housings for light-emitting diodes (LEDs), fasteners, spacers, screws, strips, slide-in guides, screws, nuts, film hinges, spring hooks (snap-on) or spring tongues for electrical or electronic components; Consumer products, agricultural products or pharmaceutical products; preferably tennis string, climbing rope, bristles, brushes, artificial grass, 3D printing filaments, grass trimmers, zippers, hook and loop fasteners, paper machine fabrics, extruded coatings, fishing lines, fishing nets, marine lines and ropes, vials, syringes, ampoules, bottles, sliding elements, spindle nuts, chain conveyor belts, sliding bearings , rollers, wheels, gears, rollers, ring gears, screws and spring dampers, hoses, pipes, cable sheathing, sockets, switches, cable ties, fan wheels, carpets, cosmetic cases or bottles, mattresses, cushions, insulating materials, cleaners, dishwashing tablets or powders, shampoos, body washes, shower gels, soaps, fertilizers, fungicides or insecticides; Packaging for the food industry; preferably single-layer or multi-layer blown film, cast film (single-layer or multi-layer), biaxial stretch film or laminated film; or Part of a structure; preferably a rotor blade, insulating material, frame, shell, wall, coating or separator wall. 如請求項1至9中任一項之方法,其包含另外的步驟: 使可藉由或藉由如請求項1至9中任一項之方法獲得的經分離之第二聚合物(iii)及/或經分離之第三聚合物(iv)轉化,以獲得一或多種單體、聚合物或聚合物產物。 A method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 9, comprising the further step of: Converting the separated second polymer (iii) and/or the separated third polymer (iv) obtainable by or by the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 9 to obtain one or more monomers, polymers or polymer products. 如請求項12之方法, 其中該聚合物為以下及/或該聚合物產物包含以下:聚醯胺(PA);較佳PA 6或PA 66;聚異氰酸酯加成聚合產物;較佳聚胺基甲酸酯(PU)、熱塑性聚胺基甲酸酯(TPU)、聚脲或聚異三聚氰酸酯(PIR);低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE)、聚乙烯(PE)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚氯乙烯(PVC)、聚乙酸乙烯酯(PVA)、聚苯乙烯(PS)、聚丙烯腈丁二烯苯乙烯(ABS)、聚苯乙烯丙烯腈(SAN)、聚丙烯酸酯苯乙烯丙烯腈(ASA)、聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)、聚(丙烯酸甲酯) (PMA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸甲酯) (PMMA)、聚丁二烯(BR、PBD)、聚(順-1,4-異戊二烯)、聚(反-1,4-異戊二烯)、聚甲醛(POM)、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)、聚己二酸共對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBAT)、聚酯(PES)、聚醚碸(PESU)、聚羥基烷酸酯(PHA)、聚-3-羥基丁酸酯(P3HB)、聚-4-羥基丁酸酯(P4HB)、聚羥基戊酸酯(PHV)、聚羥基己酸酯(PHH)、聚羥基辛酸酯(PHO)、聚乳酸(PLA)、聚碸(PSU)、聚苯碸(PPSU)、聚碳酸酯(PC)、聚醚醚酮(PEEK)、聚(對苯氧化物) (PPO)、聚(對苯醚) (PPE);或其共聚物或混合物;及/或 其中該聚合物及/或該聚合物產物為以下或為以下之一部分: 汽車之一部分;較佳為汽缸頭蓋罩、發動機罩、用於增壓空氣冷卻器之殼體、增壓空氣冷卻器擋板、進氣管、進氣歧管、連接器、大齒輪、風扇輪、冷卻水箱、殼體、熱交換器之殼體部件、冷卻劑冷卻器、增壓空氣冷卻器、恆溫器、水泵、輻射器、緊固部件、電動汽車之電池系統部件、儀錶板、轉向柱開關、座椅、頭枕、中控台、傳動組件、車門模組、A、B、C或D柱罩、擾流板、車門把手、外後視鏡、擋風雨刷、擋風雨刷保護殼體、裝飾格柵、蓋條、車頂導軌、窗框、天窗框、天線面板、前燈及尾燈、發動機罩、汽缸頭蓋罩、進氣歧管、安全氣囊、緩衝墊或塗層; 布;較佳為襯衫、褲子、套頭毛衣、靴子、鞋子、鞋底、緊身褲或夾克; 電氣部件;較佳為電氣或電子無源或有源組件、電路板、印刷電路板、殼體組件、箔、線、開關、插頭、插座、分配器、繼電器、電阻器、電容器、電感器、線軸、燈、二極體、LED、電晶體、連接器、調節器、積體電路(IC)、處理器、控制器、記憶體、感測器、微動開關、微動按鈕、半導體、發光二極體(LED)之反射器殼體、用於電氣或電子組件之扣件、間隔物、螺釘、條帶、滑入式導引件、螺釘、螺母、膜鉸鏈、彈簧掛鉤(卡扣式)或彈簧舌; 消費品、農業產品或醫藥產品;較佳為網球線、登山繩、剛毛、刷子、人造草、3D印刷長絲、草修剪器、拉鏈、卡鉤及環圈扣件、造紙機織物、擠壓塗層、漁線、漁網、海上線及繩索、小瓶、注射器、安瓿、瓶、滑動元件、主軸螺母、鏈條式輸送帶、滑動軸承、滾輪、輪、齒輪、滾輪、環齒輪、螺釘及彈簧阻尼器、軟管、管線、電纜護套、插座、開關、電纜束線帶、風扇輪、地毯、化妝品盒或瓶、床墊、緩衝墊、絕緣材料、清潔劑、洗碗錠或洗碗粉、洗髮精、身體清潔劑、沐浴露、肥皂、肥料、殺真菌劑或殺蟲劑; 食品行業之包裝;較佳為單層或多層吹製膜、鑄造膜(單層或多層)、雙軸拉伸膜或層壓膜;或 構造之一部分;較佳為轉輪葉片、絕緣材料、框架、殼體、壁、塗層或分離壁。 The method of claim 12, wherein the polymer is the following and/or the polymer product comprises the following: polyamide (PA); preferably PA 6 or PA 66; polyisocyanate addition polymer; preferably polyurethane (PU), thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), polyurea or polyisocyanurate (PIR); low-density polyethylene (LDPE), high-density polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyvinyl acetate (PVA), polystyrene (PS), polyacrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polystyrene acrylonitrile (SAN), polyacrylate styrene acrylonitrile (ASA), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), poly(methyl acrylate) (PMA), poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA), polybutadiene (BR, PBD), poly(cis-1,4-isoprene), poly(trans-1,4-isoprene), polyoxymethylene (POM), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polybutylene adipate terephthalate (PBAT), polyester (PES), polyether sulphate (PESU), polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA), poly-3-hydroxybutyrate (P3HB), poly-4-hydroxybutyrate (P4HB), polyhydroxyvalerate (PHV), polyhydroxyhexanoate (PHH), polyhydroxyoctanoate (PHO), polylactic acid (PLA), polysulphide (PSU), polyphenylene sulphide (PPSU), polycarbonate (PC), polyetheretherketone (PEEK), poly(p-phenylene oxide) (PPO), poly(p-phenylene ether) (PPE); or its copolymer or mixture; and/or wherein the polymer and/or the polymer product is or is part of: a part of a car; preferably a cylinder head cover, an engine cover, a casing for a supercharged air cooler, a supercharged air cooler baffle, an intake pipe, an intake manifold, a connector, a gear, a fan wheel, a cooling water tank, a casing, a casing part of a heat exchanger, a coolant cooler, a supercharged air cooler, a thermostat, a water pump, a radiator, a fastening part, a battery system part of an electric car, an instrument Dashboards, steering column switches, seats, headrests, center consoles, transmission components, door modules, A, B, C or D pillar covers, spoilers, door handles, exterior mirrors, windshield wipers, windshield wiper guards, decorative grilles, cover strips, roof rails, window frames, sunroof frames, antenna panels, headlights and taillights, engine hoods, cylinder head covers, intake manifolds, airbags, bumpers or coatings; Cloth; preferably shirts, trousers, pullovers, boots, shoes, soles, leggings or jackets; Electrical parts; preferably electrical or electronic passive or active components, circuit boards, printed circuit boards, housing components, foils, wires, switches, plugs, sockets, distributors, relays, resistors, capacitors, inductors, bobbins, lamps, diodes, LEDs, transistors, connectors, regulators, integrated circuits (ICs), processors, controllers, memories, sensors, micro switches, micro buttons, semiconductors, reflector housings for light-emitting diodes (LEDs), fasteners, spacers, screws, strips, slide-in guides, screws, nuts, film hinges, spring hooks (snap-on) or spring tongues for electrical or electronic components; Consumer products, agricultural products or pharmaceutical products; preferably tennis string, climbing rope, bristles, brushes, artificial grass, 3D printing filaments, grass trimmers, zippers, hook and loop fasteners, paper machine fabrics, extruded coatings, fishing lines, fishing nets, marine lines and ropes, vials, syringes, ampoules, bottles, sliding elements, spindle nuts, chain conveyor belts, sliding bearings , rollers, wheels, gears, rollers, ring gears, screws and spring dampers, hoses, pipes, cable sheathing, sockets, switches, cable ties, fan wheels, carpets, cosmetic cases or bottles, mattresses, cushions, insulating materials, cleaners, dishwashing tablets or powders, shampoos, body washes, shower gels, soaps, fertilizers, fungicides or insecticides; Packaging for the food industry; preferably single-layer or multi-layer blown film, cast film (single-layer or multi-layer), biaxial stretch film or laminated film; or Part of a structure; preferably a rotor blade, insulating material, frame, shell, wall, coating or separator wall.
TW113122416A 2023-06-19 2024-06-18 Process for recycling of a colored polymeric material including discoloration and chemical processing TW202511372A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP23180067 2023-06-19
EP23180067.3 2023-06-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202511372A true TW202511372A (en) 2025-03-16

Family

ID=86899217

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW113122416A TW202511372A (en) 2023-06-19 2024-06-18 Process for recycling of a colored polymeric material including discoloration and chemical processing

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202511372A (en)
WO (1) WO2024260990A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2223466A1 (en) 1972-05-13 1973-11-22 Ulrich Dipl-Chem Dr Baumgarte Extractor - for dissolving out substances eg dyestuffs from a substrate eg paper, film, fabric or yarn
DE3835193A1 (en) 1988-10-15 1990-04-19 Basf Ag METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF MOLDED BODIES WITH A COMPRESSED EDGE AND CELLULAR CORE, PREFERABLY SHOULDER HEADS
US5506275A (en) 1995-05-15 1996-04-09 Basf Corporation 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane as a blowing agent in integral skin polyurethane shoe soles
DE19618392A1 (en) 1996-05-08 1997-11-13 Basf Ag Process for the production of elastic polyurethane moldings with a compact surface and cellular core
JP4147637B2 (en) 1998-09-21 2008-09-10 東ソー株式会社 Catalyst for polyurethane production
JP2004217871A (en) * 2003-01-17 2004-08-05 Teijin Fibers Ltd Method of recovering useful components from dyed polyester fiber
US7001864B2 (en) 2003-03-18 2006-02-21 Tosoh Corporation Catalyst composition for production of a polyurethane resin, and method for producing a polyurethane resin
DE10352876A1 (en) 2003-11-10 2005-06-23 Basf Ag Process for the production of flexible polyurethane foams
DE102004047524A1 (en) 2004-09-28 2006-03-30 Basf Ag Process for the production of flexible polyurethane foams
DE102004051102A1 (en) 2004-10-19 2006-04-27 Basf Ag Process for the production of rigid polyurethane foams
JP4537288B2 (en) * 2005-08-08 2010-09-01 帝人ファイバー株式会社 Method for recovering active ingredients from dyed polyester fiber
PL2160431T3 (en) 2007-06-20 2011-12-30 Basf Se Method for the production of polyamides in extruders
EP2641939A1 (en) 2012-03-21 2013-09-25 Basf Se Brightly coloured flame-retardant polyamides
EP2784110B1 (en) 2013-03-26 2017-03-29 Oxxynova GmbH Method and apparatus for colour removal from shredded pet-flakes
TWI481762B (en) * 2013-09-04 2015-04-21 Far Eastern New Century Corp Decolorization of Polyester Fibers Dyed by Dye
EP3077436B2 (en) 2013-12-02 2023-11-15 Basf Se Polyurethanes with reduced aldehyde emission
US20170218162A1 (en) * 2014-07-24 2017-08-03 Worn Again Footwear And Accessories Limited Recycling process
TWI750456B (en) 2019-02-22 2021-12-21 南亞塑膠工業股份有限公司 A kind of decolorization method for dyed polyester
CN114174375B (en) 2019-07-29 2025-01-28 伊士曼化工公司 Recycled content cyclobutanediol polyester
WO2021021902A1 (en) 2019-07-29 2021-02-04 Eastman Chemical Company Process for the preparation of polyesters with recycled monomers from pyrolysis and methanolysis
WO2021092311A1 (en) 2019-11-07 2021-05-14 Eastman Chemical Company Recycle content glycol ether and glycol ether ester compositons
CN115103868B (en) 2019-12-19 2025-03-18 伊士曼化工公司 Process for preparing polyester having recycled content
WO2022229129A1 (en) * 2021-04-28 2022-11-03 Textile Change Aps Recycling of polyester fibres from textiles

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2024260990A1 (en) 2024-12-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR100572027B1 (en) Continuous production method of transparent polyester using waste
JP2004514518A (en) Low melt viscosity amorphous copolyester with improved lipid resistance
CN118234703A (en) Process for recovering dialkyl terephthalate from polyester compositions
TW202511372A (en) Process for recycling of a colored polymeric material including discoloration and chemical processing
TW202506854A (en) Method for discoloration and/or separation of a polymeric material
US20240262975A1 (en) Process for recovery and exploitation of polyesters and polyamides from waste polymeric artifacts
TW202504962A (en) Process for recovery of a polyethylene terephthalate based polymer from a polymeric material
TW202504961A (en) Process for recycling of a colored polymeric material and extrusion product obtained therefrom
TW202509130A (en) Process for recovery of a polyalkylene terephthalate based polymer from a colored polymeric material
TW202532549A (en) Method for preparing a polyester fiber from polyester recycled from a polymer blend
KR20240127387A (en) Method for discoloring colored polymeric materials
TW202506369A (en) Method for removal of additives from a polymeric material
TW202528458A (en) Method for recovering polyester from an article without pre-preprocessing
KR20250133701A (en) Recycling methods and recycled products
TW202532548A (en) Method for preparing biogas from a residue of a polymer blend comprising a cellulose based polymer